Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/504
of 11 March 2015
implementing Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to the administrative requirements for the approval and market surveillance of agricultural and forestry vehicles
(Text with EEA relevance)

THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
Having regard to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 February 2013 on the approval and market surveillance of agricultural or forestry vehicles, and in particular Article 22(4), Article 24(4), Article 25(2), (3), and (6), Article 27(1), Article 33(2), Article 34(3), Article 35(4), Article 45(2), Article 46(3) and Article 53(8) thereof,
OJ L 60, 2.3.2013, p. 1.
Whereas:
(1) This Regulation sets out the detailed administrative requirements regarding the templates for the information folder and for the information document; the template for the certificate on access to vehicle on-board diagnostics and on access to repair and maintenance information; the templates for the certificate of conformity; the models for the manufacturer's statutory plate and the models for the EU type-approval mark; the templates for the EU type-approval certificate and the template for the list of applicable requirements or acts appended to the EU type-approval certificate; the numbering system of EU type-approval certificates; the template for the test results sheet appended to the EU type-approval certificate; the general requirements for the format of test reports; the list of parts and equipment that may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems; all aspects related to the procedure of authorisation for placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment that may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems as well as the template for the certificate for placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment that may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems; the numbering system of certificates for placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment that may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems.
(2) As opposed to Directive 2003/37/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 provides for a complete set of requirements in order to apply for EU whole-vehicle type-approval for all categories of agricultural and forestry vehicles. The administrative templates to be used in the EU type-approval procedures should be provided.
Directive 2003/37/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on type-approval of agricultural or forestry tractors, their trailers and interchangeable towed machinery, together with their systems, components and separate technical units and repealing Directive 74/150/EEC (OJ L 171, 9.7.2003, p. 1).
(3) New technologies have been introduced in vehicles since the templates used in type-approval procedures were laid down in Directive 2003/37/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council. The templates used in the EU type-approval procedures should be adapted as a result.
(4) To indicate which procedure has been chosen by the manufacturer when applying for type-approval, a new template for an ‘information folder sheet’ should be introduced.
(5) In order to ensure reasonable access for independent operators to vehicle repair information, including information relating to on-board diagnostic systems and their interaction with other vehicle systems, manufacturers must provide non-discriminatory access to that information and submit proof of their compliance with that requirement to the approval authorities. A template for a corresponding manufacturer's certificate constituting such proof should be laid down.
(6) Three templates for a certificate of conformity should be made available, corresponding to the type-approval procedures for complete, completed and incomplete vehicles.
(7) In order to demonstrate that tractors type-approved with machinery mounted on them and R- and S-category vehicles provide a satisfactory level of safety, part of the documentation comprising the technical file for machinery set out Annex VII to Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council should be included in the information folder. In addition, the EC declaration of conformity of the machinery mounted should be attached to the certificate of conformity of the vehicle.
Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 May 2006 on machinery, and amending Directive 95/16/EC (OJ L 157, 9.6.2006, p. 24).
(8) In order to simplify the most common EU type-approval certificate, a new template should be developed exclusively for EU whole-vehicle type-approval of a complete vehicle type, while for the other combinations of vehicle types, a different template of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate should be established.
(9) A single template for the EU type-approval certificate applicable to any type of system should be established, in order to unify and simplify the templates formerly provided for in the separate Union directives for each type of system. For the same reasons, another single template should be established for components and separate technical units.
(10) The numbering system of EU type-approval certificates, as provided for by Directive 2003/37/EC, should be modified to reflect the new structure of the acts containing the type-approval requirements with which conformity is to be certified.
(11) To harmonise the presentation of the most relevant information from the testing of compliance with the technical requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and the delegated acts adopted pursuant to that Regulation, a minimum set of general requirements for the format of the test reports should be established.
(12) For the same purpose, technical services should use the templates of the test reports set out in the corresponding international regulation or EN/ISO standard as a guidance for drafting the test reports on technical requirements set out in the delegated acts adopted pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 which are based on those laid down in international regulations or EN/ISO standards.
(13) In order to limit the burden to the manufacturers, the presentation of test reports of certain components and separate technical units issued under Directive 2003/37/EC, Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, Directive 97/68/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, Regulation (EU) No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council or international regulations referred to in Chapter XIII of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and the delegated and implementing acts adopted pursuant that Regulation, should be accepted when applying for type-approvals under Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 under the condition that neither the substantive requirements nor the requirements regarding the test procedures have changed since the execution of the test.
Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 September 2007 establishing a framework for the approval of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles (Framework Directive) (OJ L 263, 9.10.2007, p. 1).
Directive 97/68/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 1997 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to measures against the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants from internal combustion engines to be installed in non-road mobile machinery (OJ L 59, 27.2.1998, p. 1).
Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 June 2009 on type-approval of motor vehicles and engines with respect to emissions from heavy duty vehicles (Euro VI) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information and amending Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 and Directive 2007/46/EC and repealing Directives 80/1269/EEC, 2005/55/EC and 2005/78/EC (OJ L 188, 18.7.2009, p. 1).
(14) The measures provided for in this Regulation are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee referred to in Article 69(1) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013,
HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:

Article 1 Subject matter
This Regulation provides for the implementing measures referred to in Article 68 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 to establish uniform conditions for the implementation of the administrative requirements for the approval of new agricultural and forestry vehicles, as well as systems, components and separate technical units designed and constructed for such vehicles and for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle of for its environmental performance.

Article 2 Template for the information document and for the information folder
Manufacturers applying for EU type-approval shall provide the information document and the information folder referred to in Article 22(1) and Article 22(2)(a) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 on the basis of the template set out in Annex I to this Regulation.

Article 3 Template for the manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle on-board diagnostics (OBD) and to vehicle repair and maintenance information
Manufacturers concerned by Article 53(1) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 applying for EU type-approval shall provide the approval authority with a certificate on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information in accordance with Article 53(8) of that Regulation on the basis of the template set out in Annex II to this Regulation.

Article 4 Templates for the certificate of conformity
Manufacturers shall issue the certificate of conformity referred to in Article 33(1) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 in accordance with the templates set out in Annex III to this Regulation.

Article 5 Models for the statutory plate and EU type-approval mark
Manufacturers shall issue the statutory plate and the EU type-approval mark referred to in Article 34(1) and (2) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 in accordance with the models set out in Annex IV to this Regulation.

Article 6 Templates for the EU type-approval certificate
Approval authorities shall issue the EU type-approval certificates referred to in Article 25(1) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 in accordance with the templates set out in Annex V to this Regulation.

Article 7 Numbering system of EU type-approval certificates
EU type-approval certificates shall be numbered in accordance with Annex VI.

Article 8 Template for the test results sheet
Approval authorities shall issue the test results sheet referred to in Article 25(3)(a) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 in accordance with the template set out in Annex VII to this Regulation.

Article 9 Format of test reports
1. The format of the test reports referred to in Article 27(1) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall comply with the general requirements set out in Annex VIII to this Regulation.
2. Existing test reports for components and separate technical units issued under Directive 2003/37/EC, Directive 2007/46/EC, Directive 97/68/EC, Regulation (EU) No 595/2009 or international regulations referred to in Chapter XIII of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and the delegated and implementing acts adopted pursuant that Regulation, shall be accepted for the purposes of type-approval under Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 under the condition that neither the substantive requirements nor the requirements regarding the test procedures have changed since the execution of the test. Test reports fulfilling these conditions shall be listed in Annex VIII to this Regulation.

Article 10 List of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems
The list of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its environmental performance referred to in Article 45(2) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 is set out in Annex IX to this Regulation.

Article 11 Template for the certificate for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems
Approval authorities shall issue the certificate for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its environmental performance referred to in Article 46(2) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 in accordance with the template set out in Annex X to this Regulation.

Article 12 Numbering system of certificates for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems
Certificates for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its environmental performance shall be numbered in accordance with Annex XI.

Article 12a Transitional provisions in respect of engines
With respect to engines type-approved before 1 January 2018 , or before 1 January 2019 in the case of engines of sub-categories NRE-v-5 and NRE-c-5, the following provisions of this Regulation, in its version applicable on 6 August 2018 , shall continue to apply:
Annex I, Part A;
Annex I, Part B, point 4.2.;
Annex I, Part B, point 5, entries 2.2.2., 2.5. to 2.5.4.2., 5.2. to 5.5. and 6. to 8.22.4.2.;
Annex I, Appendices 1 to 9;
Annex I, Appendix 10, entry 2.2.2.;
Annex I, Appendices 11 to 14;
Annex I, Appendix 15, entry 2.2.2.;
Annex I, Appendices 16 to 23;
Annex I, explanatory notes relating to the information document (6), (7), (9), (12), (24), (26), (29), (39), (40), (49) and (56);
Annex II, point 2.1.1.;
Annex II, explanatory note relating to Annex II (4);
Annex III, Appendix 1, Model 1 of Section 2, the entries under the heading ‘ General powertrain characteristics ’ ;
Annex III, Appendix 1, Model 1 of Section 2, the entries under the heading ‘ Engine ’ ;
Annex III, Appendix 1, Model 1 of Section 2, the text under the heading ‘ Results of exhaust emission tests (inclusive of Deterioration Factor) ’ , the second and fourth indents of the first paragraph;
Annex III, Appendix 1, Model 1 of Section 2, the text under the heading ‘ Results of exhaust emission tests (inclusive of Deterioration Factor) ’ , the table;
Annex III, Appendix 1, explanatory notes relating to Appendix 1, with the exception of explanatory note (32);
Annex IV;
Annex V, Appendix 2, explanatory notes relating to Appendix 2;
Annex V, Appendix 4;
Annex V, Appendix 5;
Annex VII, Appendix 1, with the exception of point 1. and the first indent of the text under point 2.;
Annex VIII, with the exception of point 3.2., table 8-1, second row.
Inserted by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/986 of 3 April 2018 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/504 as regards the adaptation of the administrative provisions for the approval and market surveillance of agricultural and forestry vehicles to Stage V emission limits (Text with EEA relevance).

Article 13 Entry into force and application
This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.
It shall apply from 1 January 2016.
This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.

ANNEX I Template for the information document and for the information folder

List of Appendices
Appendix Number	Appendix title
1	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of an engine/engine family system
2	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an external sound level system
3	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of an engine/engine family as a component/STU
4	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a driver information system
5	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of lighting and light-signalling devices system
6	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an electro-magnetic compatibility system
7	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of audible warning device(s) system
8	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) the installation of rear-view mirrors as a system
9	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of a crawler undercarriage system
10	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of electro-magnetic compatibility of electrical/electronic sub-assemblies as a component/STU
11	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of ballast masses as a component/STU
12	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a lateral and/or rear protective structure as a component/STU
13	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a tyre as a component
14	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a mechanical coupling as a component/STU
15	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a braking system
16	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a driver's exposure to noise level system
17	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a seat-belt anchorages system
18	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a protection against hazardous substances system
19	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a roll-over protective structure (ROPS) as a STU
20	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a falling objects protective structure (FOPS) as a STU
21	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a driver's seat as a component/STU
22	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a safety belt as a component/STU
23	Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a protection against penetrating objects (OPS) as a STU
24	Manufacturer's declaration on anti-tampering of powertrain and speed-limitation device
Substituted by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/1789 of 7 September 2016 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/504 with regard to the administrative requirements for the approval and market surveillance of agricultural and forestry vehicles (Text with EEA relevance).
Substituted by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/986 of 3 April 2018 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/504 as regards the adaptation of the administrative provisions for the approval and market surveillance of agricultural and forestry vehicles to Stage V emission limits (Text with EEA relevance).

PART A INFORMATION FOLDER

1. General requirements
1.1. When applying for EU type-approval for a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit, the manufacturer shall provide, in accordance with Article 22 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, an information folder which shall contain the following:
(a) a list of contents;
(b) the information on the type-approval procedure chosen in accordance with Article 20(1) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the template for which is set out in point 2 (information folder sheet);
(c) the information document as set out in Part B of this Annex;
(d) all relevant data, drawings, photographs and other information as required in the information document;
(e) the manufacturer's certificate providing proof of compliance to the type-approval authority on access to vehicle on-board diagnostic (OBD) and to vehicle repair and maintenance information as referred to in Article 53(8) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and set out in Annex II to this Regulation;
(f) for tractors type-approved with machinery mounted on them and for R- and S-category vehicles, a document setting out the contents of the EC declaration of conformity in accordance with the national provisions implementing Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, not necessarily including the serial number and the signature;
if requested by the approval authority, the manufacturer shall provide in addition any relevant documentation contained in the technical file of the machinery set out in Annex VII to that Directive, especially:
the standards and other technical specifications used, indicating the essential health and safety requirements covered by these standards,
any technical report giving the results of the tests carried out either by the manufacturer or by a body chosen by the manufacturer or his authorised representative;
(g) any additional information requested by the approval authority as part of the approval procedure.
(h) the manufacturer's declaration on anti-tampering of powertrain and speed-limitation device as referred to in Article 17(2)(b) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and in point 4.3.2 of Annex III to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 according to the model established in Appendix 24 to this Annex;
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 of 8 December 2014 supplementing Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to vehicle functional safety requirements for the approval of agricultural and forestry vehicles (OJ L 42, 17.2.2015, p. 1).
(i) for vehicles equipped with (an) electrical/electronic device(s) which limit its propulsion performance, data and evidence to demonstrate that modification or disconnection of the device or its wiring system will not increase the propulsion performance;
(j) for vehicles of categories T2, T3 and T4.3 equipped with foldable ROPS with an automatic locking system, a certificate of the manufacturer stating that the preliminary test has been done according to the test procedure set out in point 5.5. of Part B3 of Annex IX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 .
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 of 19 September 2014 supplementing and amending Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to vehicle construction and general requirements for the approval of agricultural and forestry vehicles ( OJ L 364, 18.12.2014, p. 1 ).
Inserted by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/1789 of 7 September 2016 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/504 with regard to the administrative requirements for the approval and market surveillance of agricultural and forestry vehicles (Text with EEA relevance).
1.2. Applications submitted on paper shall be in triplicate. Any drawings shall be to an appropriate scale and in sufficient detail on size A4 sheets or in a folder of A4 format. Photographs (if any) shall show sufficient detail.
1.3. Information concerning the performance of complex electronic vehicle control systems listed in Appendix 2 to Annex XXIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 shall be provided.
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 of 19 September 2014 supplementing and amending Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to vehicle construction and general requirements for the approval of agricultural and forestry vehicles (OJ L 364, 18.12.2014, p. 1).
1.4. For engines, the information folder and the information document required in Annex I to Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/656 shall be provided.
Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/656 of 19 December 2016 laying down the administrative requirements relating to emission limits and type-approval of internal combustion engines for non-road mobile machinery in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 of the European Parliament and of the Council ( OJ L 102, 13.4.2017, p. 364 ).

2. Template of the information folder sheet.

Information on the type-approval procedure chosen in accordance with Article 20(1) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council

Information folder sheet
A duly completed version of this statement shall be included in the information folder.
The undersigned: […(full name and position)]
Company name and address of the manufacturer (4): …
Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any) (4): …
Hereby applies for type-approval procedure:
(a) step-by-step type-approval (1)
(b) single-step type-approval (1)
(c) mixed type-approval (1)
Where procedures (a) or (c) are chosen, compliance with requirements as under (b) is declared for all systems, components and separate technical units.
Multi-stage type-approval chosen in accordance with Article 20(5) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013: yes/no (1)
Information on the vehicle(s) to be filled in, if application is for EU whole-vehicle type-approval:
1.1 Make (trade name of the manufacturer) (4): …
1.2. Type (2): …
1.2.1. Variant(s) (2): …
1.2.2. Version(s) (2): …
1.2.3 Commercial name(s) (if available): …
1.2.4. Type-approval number(s) of the previous stage(s) (4): …
1.3. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (3): …
Applies for type-approval of:
(a) a complete vehicle type (1)
(b) completed vehicle type (1)
(c) an incomplete vehicle type (1)
(d) a vehicle type with complete and incomplete variants (1)
(e) a vehicle type with completed and incomplete variants (1)
Information to be filled in, if application is for type-approval of a system/component/separate technical unit (1):
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type (5): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.5.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deleted by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/986 of 3 April 2018 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/504 as regards the adaptation of the administrative provisions for the approval and market surveillance of agricultural and forestry vehicles to Stage V emission limits (Text with EEA relevance).

2.8. Virtual and/or self-testing (1)
2.8.1. Overview list with virtual and/or self-tested systems, components or separate technical units pursuant to Article 27(4) and Article 60 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013:

Overview table virtual and/or self-testing
Delegated act reference	Annex No	Requirement	Restrictions/Comments
			
2.8.2. Detailed report on validation of virtual and/or self-testing added: yes/no (1)
Place: …
Date: …
Signature: …
Name and position in the company: …

Explanatory notes relating to the information folder sheet
(Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the information folder sheet)
(1) Delete if not applicable.
(2) Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.2 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation.
(3) Classified according to Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘T4.3a’ for a low-clearance tractor with a maximum design speed below or equal to 40 km/h.
(4) In case of multi-stage type-approval supply this information for each stage(s).
(5) For engines, indicate the engine type designation or, in case of engine types within an engine family, the Family Type (FT) in accordance with point 4 of Part B of Annex I to Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/656.

PART B INFORMATION DOCUMENT

1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.1. The information document shall have a reference number supplied by the applicant.
1.2. Where the particulars appearing in the information document for vehicle approval have changed, the manufacturer shall submit revised pages to the approval authority showing clearly the nature of the change(s) and the date of re-issue.

2. TYPE-APPROVAL OF VEHICLES
2.1. All information documents shall contain the following:
the matrix in point 2.2 to identify the versions and variants of the vehicle intended for type-approval,
a list of items applicable to the (sub-)category and to the technical characteristics of the vehicle from which content has been extracted, adhering to the numbering system of the total list set out in point 5.
2.2. Matrix showing the combinations of the entries listed in point 5 within the versions and variants of the vehicle type

Variants and version matrix
Item No	All	Version 1	Version 2	Version 3	Version n
					
2.2.1. A separate matrix shall be compiled for each variant within the type.
2.2.2. Entries with no restrictions on their combination within a variant shall be listed in the column headed ‘All’.
2.2.3. The above information may be presented in an alternative format or merged with the information supplied under point 5.

2.3 Type-, variant- and version designations
2.3.1. The manufacturer shall allocate an alphanumeric code to each vehicle type, variant and version, made up of Roman letters and/or Arabic numerals, which shall also be indicated in the certificate of conformity (see Annex III) of the vehicle concerned.
The use of brackets and hyphens is permitted provided they do not replace a letter or a numeral.
2.3.2. The whole code shall be designated: Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’.
2.3.3. The TVV shall clearly and unequivocally identify a unique combination of technical features in relation to the criteria defined in Part B of this Annex.
2.3.4. The same manufacturer may use the same code in order to define a vehicle type when the latter falls in two or more categories.
2.3.5. The same manufacturer shall not use the same code in order to define a vehicle type for more than one type-approval within the same vehicle category.

2.3.6. Number of characters for the TVV

2.3.6.1. The number of characters shall not exceed:
(a) 15 for the code of the vehicle type;
(b) 25 for the code of one variant;
(c) 35 for the code of one version.
2.3.6.2. The complete alphanumeric ‘TVV’ shall not contain more than 75 characters.

2.3.6.3. When the TVV is used as a whole, a space shall be left between the type, the variant and the version.
Example of such TVV: 159AF[… space]0054[… space]977K(BE).

3. TYPE-APPROVAL OF SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS AND SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
3.1. For a system, component or separate technical unit as listed in Table 1-1 the manufacturer shall complete the applicable appendix to this Annex.
In addition to the Annexes mentioned in Table 1-1, the systems, components and separate technical units shall comply with the following requirements:
(a) arrangements for type-approval procedures (Annex III to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014)
(b) conformity of production (CoP) (Annex IV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014)
(c) access to repair and maintenance information (Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014)

Table 1-1
Lists of systems, components and separate technical units which may be subject to an EU type-approval
LIST I — Environmental and propulsion unit performance requirements			
Appendix	System or component/separate technical unit (STU)	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2018/985 Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2018/985 of 12 February 2018 supplementing Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards environmental and propulsion unit performance requirements for agricultural and forestry vehicles and their engines and repealing Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/96 ( OJ L 182; 18.7.2018, p. 1 ). Annex number	As amended by and/or at the stage of implementation
1	System: installation of an engine/engine family	I	
2	System: external sound level	II	
3	Component/STU: engine/engine family	I	
LIST II — Vehicle functional safety requirements			
Appendix	System or component/separate technical unit (STU)	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex number	As amended by and/or at the stage of implementation
4	System: driver information	X	
5	System: installation of lighting and light-signalling devices	XII	
6	System: electro-magnetic compatibility	XV	
7	System: installation of audible warning device(s)	XVI	
8	System: installation of rear-view mirrors	IX	
9	System: installation of crawler undercarriage	XXXIII	
10	Component/STU: electro-magnetic compatibility of electrical / electronic sub-assemblies	XV	
11	Component/STU: ballast masses	XXIII	
12	Component/STU: lateral and/or rear protective structure	XXVI / XXVII	
13	Component: tyre	XXX	
14	Component/STU: mechanical coupling	XXXIV	
LIST III — Vehicle braking requirements			
Appendix	System or component/separate technical unit (STU)	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 of 15 October 2014 supplementing Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to vehicle braking requirements for the approval of agricultural and forestry vehicles ( OJ L 17, 23.1.2015, p. 1 ). Annex number	As amended by and/or at the stage of implementation
15	System: braking	II	
LIST IV — Vehicle construction and general type-approval requirements			
Appendix	System or component/separate technical unit (STU)	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex number	As amended by and/or at the stage of implementation
16	System: driver's exposure to noise level	XIII	
17	System: seat-belt anchorages	XVIII	
18	System: protection against hazardous substances	XXIX	
19	STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS)	VI / VII / VIII / IX / X	
20	STU: falling objects protective structure (FOPS)	XI	
21	Component/STU: driver's seat	XIV	
22	Component/STU: safety belts	XIX	
23	STU: protection against penetrating objects (OPS)	XX	

4. TYPE-APPROVAL NUMBERS OR TEST REPORTS NUMBERS OF THE APPLICABLE SUBJECTS
4.1. The manufacturer shall supply the information required by Table 1-2 in respect of the applicable subjects for the vehicle set out in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. All relevant approvals and test reports (if available) for each subject shall be included. However, information in respect of systems, components or separate technical units need not be given here so long as such information is included in the correspondent approval certificate.

Table 1-2
Type-approval number and test report overview
Item number and subject	Type-approval number or test report number The approval authority shall complete the references for the test reports, established by regulatory acts, for which no type-approval certificate is available.	Date of issue of the type-approval or of its extension or of the test report	Member State or contracting party Contracting parties to the revised 1958 Agreement. issuing the type-approval To be indicated if not obtainable from the type-approval number. or technical service issuing the test report	Reference to the regulatory act and its latest amendment	Variant(s)/version(s)
e.g. ‘36 ROPS (track laid)’					
					
Signed: …
Position in company: …
Date: …
4.2. For those subjects referred to in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 whose approvals have been granted in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 of the European Parliament and of the Council , Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council or the UNECE regulations referred to in Article 49 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 (UNECE approvals), or are based on complete test reports issued on the basis of the OECD standard Codes as an alternative to the test reports drawn up under that Regulation and the delegated acts adopted pursuant to it, the manufacturer shall supply the information required in point 5 only if it is not already provided in the correspondent approval certificate and/or test report. However, the information referred to in the certificate of conformity (Annex III to this Regulation) shall be supplied in any case.
Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 September 2016 on requirements relating to gaseous and particulate pollutant emission limits and type-approval for internal combustion engines for non-road mobile machinery, amending Regulations (EU) No 1024/2012 and (EU) No 167/2013, and amending and repealing Directive 97/68/EC ( OJ L 252, 16.9.2016, p. 53
Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 June 2009 on type-approval of motor vehicles and engines with respect to emissions from heavy duty vehicles (Euro VI) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information and amending Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 and Directive 2007/46/EC and repealing Directives 80/1269/EEC, 2005/55/EC and 2005/78/EC ( OJ L 188, 18.7.2009, p. 1 ).

5. INFORMATION DOCUMENT DATA ENTRIES

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

1. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING VEHICLES
1.1. Make (trade name of manufacturer) (18): …
1.2. Type (17): …
1.2.1 Variant(s) (17): …
1.2.2 Version(s) (17): …
1.2.3. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
1.2.4. Type-approval number(s) of the previous stage(s) (3) (18): …
1.3. Category, subcategory and speed index of vehicle (2): …
1.4. Company name and address of manufacturer (18): …
1.4.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): …
1.4.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …

1.5. Manufacturer's statutory plate(s)
1.5.1. Location of the manufacturer's statutory plate (18): …
1.5.2. Method of attachment (18): …
1.5.3. Photographs and/or drawings of the statutory plate (completed example with dimensions) (18): …
…

1.6. Vehicle identification number
1.6.1. Location of the vehicle identification number on the chassis: …
1.6.2. Photographs and/or drawings of the locations of the vehicle identification number (completed example with dimensions): …
1.6.1.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deleted by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/1789 of 7 September 2016 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/504 with regard to the administrative requirements for the approval and market surveillance of agricultural and forestry vehicles (Text with EEA relevance).
1.6.3. The vehicle identification number of the type begins with: …

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

2.5. Additional general information for engines
2.5.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.5.4. Additional marks for engines
2.5.4.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.4.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS
3.1. Photographs or drawings of a representative version of the vehicle: …
3.2. Scale and dimensioned drawing of the whole vehicle: …
3.3. Axles and wheels:
3.3.1. Number of axles and wheels: …
3.3.2. Number and position of axles with twinned wheels (23): …
3.3.3. Number and position of steered axles (23): …
3.3.4. Number and position of powered axles (23): …
3.3.5. Number and position of braked axles (23): …

3.4. For C-category vehicles
3.4.1. Crawler undercarriage configuration: set of track trains at front/set of track trains at rear/set of track trains at front and set of track trains at rear/continuous track train at each side of the vehicle (4)
3.4.2. Number and position of powered set of track trains (22): …
3.4.3. Number and position of braked set of track trains (22): …

3.4.4. Steering for C-category vehicles
3.4.4.1. Steering by changing the speed between the left-hand side and right-hand side track trains: yes/no/not applicable (4)
3.4.4.2. Steering by pivoting of two opposite or all four track trains: yes/no/not applicable (4)
3.4.4.3. Steering by articulation of the front and rear part of the vehicle around a central vertical axis: yes/no/not applicable (4)
3.4.4.4. Steering by articulation of the front and rear part of the vehicle around a central vertical axis and by changing the direction of the wheels on the wheeled axle: yes/no/not applicable (4)
3.4.5. Mean Ground Contact Pressure, P: … MPa

3.5. Chassis
3.5.1. Chassis overall drawing: …
3.5.2. For T- and C-category vehicles, type of chassis: backbone/central tube/ladder/articulated/chassis with side members/other (4) (if other: specify: …)
3.5.3. For R- and S-category vehicles, type of chassis: drawbar/rigid drawbar/centre-axle/other (4) (if other: specify: …)
3.6. Material used for the bodywork: …
3.7. Position and arrangement of the engine: …
3.8. Position of the steering wheel: left/right/centre (4): …
3.9. Vehicle is equipped to be driven in right/left (4) -hand traffic and in countries that use metric/metric and imperial units in the speedometer (4);
3.10. T- or C-category vehicles equipped for forestry applications: yes/no (4)
3.11. T- or C-category vehicles equipped for protection against hazardous substances: yes/no (4)
3.12. For R- and S-category vehicles, type of braking: unbraked/inertia-braked/continuous braked/semi-continuous braked/hydraulic braked/pneumatic braked (4)

4. MASSES AND DIMENSIONS
(in kg and mm) (Refer to drawings where applicable)

4.1 Range of vehicle mass (overall)

4.1.1. Unladen mass
4.1.1.1. Unladen mass(es) in running order (13):
4.1.1.1.1. Maximum: … kg (30)
4.1.1.1.2. Minimum: … kg (30)
4.1.1.1.3. Distribution of this (these) mass(es) among the axles: … kg
4.1.1.1.4. In the case of a rigid drawbar or centre- axle R- or S-category vehicle indicate the vertical load on the coupling point (S): … kg

4.1.2. Maximum mass(es), as declared by the manufacturer
4.1.2.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass(es) of the vehicle (13): … kg
4.1.2.1.1 Technically permissible maximum mass(es) per axle: Axle 1 … kg Axle 2 … kg Axle …:… kg
4.1.2.1.2. In the case of a rigid drawbar or centre-axle R- or S-category vehicle indicate the vertical load on the front coupling point (S):… kg
4.1.2.1.3. Limits on the distribution of this (these) mass(es) among the axles (specify the minimum limits in percentages on the front axle and on the rear axle): … %

4.1.2.2. Mass(es) and tyre(s)
Tyre combi-nation No	Axle No	Tyre dimension incl load capacity index & speed category symbol	Rolling radius ( 1 ) [mm]	Tyre Load rating per tyre [kg]	Maximum permissible mass per axle [kg] According to the tyre specification.	Maximum permissible mass of the vehicle [kg]	Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point [kg] Load transmitted to the reference centre of the coupling under static conditions, irrespective to the coupling device; if the maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point depending on the coupling is indicated in this table, expand the table at the right side and indicate the identification of the coupling device in the header of the column; for R- or S-category vehicles this column(s) concerns the rear coupling devices if there is such a device. Value to be provided only if the maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point is lower than indicated in entries 38.3 and 38.4	Track width [mm]	
								Minimum	Maximum
1	1	…		…	…	…	…	…	…
	2	…		…	…	…	…	…	…
	…	…		…	…	…	…	…	…
2	1	…		…	…	…	…	…	…
	2	…		…	…	…	…	…	…
	…	…		…	…	…	…	…	…
…	1	…		…	…	…	…	…	…
	2	…		…	…	…	…	…	…
	…	…		…	…	…	…	…	…

4.1.2.3. Mass(es) and crawler undercarriage
Set of track trains No	Track dimensions		Average contact pressure on the ground [kPa]	Maximum load per track roller [kg] According to the track roller specification.	Maximum permissible mass per set of track trains [kg]	Maximum permissible mass of the vehicle [kg]	Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point [kg] Load transmitted to the reference centre of the coupling under static conditions, irrespective to the coupling device; if the maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point depending on the coupling is indicated in this table, expand the table at the right side and indicate the identification of the coupling device in the header of the column.
	Length [mm]	Width [mm]					
1	…		…	…	…	…	…
2	…		…	…	…	…	…
…	…		…	…	…	…	…
4.1.2.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.3. Technically permissible towable mass(es) for T- or C-category vehicles for each chassis/ braking configuration of the R- or S-category vehicle (for R- and S-category vehicles, indicate the maximum permissible load(s) on the rear coupling point):
R- and S category vehicleBrake	Drawbar	Rigid drawbar	Centre-axle
Unbraked Calculated using the partially laden condition defined by the tractor manufacturer in agreement with the technical service set out in point 3.1.1.2 of Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68.	… kg	… kg	… kg
Inertia-braked	… kg	… kg	… kg
Hydraulic braked	… kg	… kg	… kg
Pneumatic braked	… kg	… kg	… kg
4.1.4. Total technically permissible mass(es) of the tractor (T- or C-category vehicle) and towed vehicle (R- or S-category vehicle) combination for each chassis/braking configuration of the R- or S-category vehicle:
R- and S category vehicleBrake	Drawbar	Rigid drawbar	Centre-axle
Unbraked	… kg	… kg	… kg
Inertia-braked	… kg	… kg	… kg
Hydraulic braked	… kg	… kg	… kg
Pneumatic braked	… kg	… kg	… kg
4.1.5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.5.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.5.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.5.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.2. Range of vehicle dimensions (overall)

4.2.1. For incomplete vehicles

4.2.1.1. Length (31)
4.2.1.1.1. Maximum permissible length for the completed vehicle: … mm
4.2.1.1.2. Minimum permissible length for the completed vehicle: … mm

4.2.1.2. Width (32)
4.2.1.2.1. Maximum permissible width for the completed vehicle: … mm
4.2.1.2.2. Minimum permissible width for the completed vehicle: … mm
4.2.1.3. Height (in running order) ( 33 )
4.2.1.3.1. Maximum … mm
4.2.1.3.2. Minimum … mm
4.2.1.4. Forward overhang (34): … mm
4.2.1.4.1. For T- and C-category vehicles: approach angle: … degrees
4.2.1.5. For T- and C-category vehicles: rear overhang (35): … mm
4.2.1.5.1. For T- and C-category vehicles: departure angle: … degrees
4.2.1.5.2. Minimum and maximum permissible overhang of the coupling point (35) (46): … mm
4.2.1.6. For T- and C-category vehicles: ground clearance (36)
4.2.1.6.1. Between the axles: … mm
4.2.1.6.2. Under the front axle(s): … mm
4.2.1.6.3. Under the rear axle(s): … mm
4.2.1.7. Extreme permissible positions of the centre of gravity for the completed vehicle: … mm
4.2.1.7.1. For T- and C- category vehicles, extreme permissible positions of the centre of gravity of the body and/or interior fittings and/or equipment and/or payload: … mm

4.2.2. For complete/completed (4) vehicles
4.2.2.1. Overall dimensions of the vehicle, including mechanical coupling:

4.2.2.1.1. Length for on-road use (31)
4.2.2.1.1.1. Maximum: … mm
4.2.2.1.1.2. Minimum: … mm

4.2.2.1.2. Width for on-road use (32)
4.2.2.1.2.1. Maximum: … mm
4.2.2.1.2.2. Minimum: … mm

4.2.2.1.3. Height for on-road use (33) (47)
4.2.2.1.3.1. Maximum: … mm
4.2.2.1.3.2. Minimum: … mm

4.2.2.2. Forward overhang (34) (48)
4.2.2.2.1. Maximum: … mm
4.2.2.2.2. Minimum: … mm

4.2.2.3. Rear overhang (35)
4.2.2.3.1. Maximum: … mm
4.2.2.3.2. Minimum: … mm

4.2.2.4. Ground clearance (36)
4.2.2.4.1. Maximum: … mm
4.2.2.4.2. Minimum: … mm
4.2.2.5. Wheelbase (37): … mm
4.2.2.6. Distance(s) between consecutive axles 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm, 3-4: … mm, etc.
4.2.2.7. For rigid draw bar and centre axle R- and S-category vehicles:
4.2.2.7.1. Distance between the coupling point and the first axle: … mm
4.2.2.7.2. Distance between the coupling point and the last axle: … mm
4.2.2.8. Maximum and minimum width of track of each axle (measured between the symmetry planes of the single or twin tyres or of the tyres in triple formation normally fitted) (to be stated by the manufacturer) (38):
4.2.2.8.1. Maximum: Axle 1 … mm Axle 2 … mm Axle …:… mm
4.2.2.8.2. Minimum: Axle 1 … mm Axle 2 … mm Axle …:… mm
4.2.2.9. Position of centre of gravity of the vehicle in the longitudinal, transverse and vertical direction: …
4.2.2.9.1. For T2-, T4.1-, T4.3-category vehicles and C2-, C4.1-, C4.3-category vehicles, height of the centre of gravity, measured in relation to the ground using the tyres normally fitted on the vehicle: … mm
4.2.2.9.1.1. For T2-and C2-category vehicles, indicate the ratio between entry 4.2.2.9.1 and the average minimum track for each axle: Axle 1 … Axle 2 … Axle …:…
4.2.2.9.1.2. For T4.1-and C4.1-category vehicles, indicate the ratio between entry 4.2.2.9.1 and the average minimum track of all of the axles: …

5. GENERAL POWERTRAIN CHARACTERISTICS

5.1. Maximum vehicle speed

5.1.1. Forward maximum vehicle speed
5.1.1.1. Declared maximum design vehicle speed: … km/h
5.1.1.2. Calculated maximum design vehicle speed in top gear (show factors used in calculation) (41): … km/h
5.1.1.3. Measured maximum vehicle speed: … km/h (41)

5.1.2. Rearward maximum vehicle speed (54)
5.1.2.1. Declared rearward maximum design vehicle speed: … km/h
5.1.2.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6. Actual forward movement of powered wheels corresponding to one complete revolution of the wheel: … mm

B. INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION PERFORMANCE

6. ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENGINE
6.1.7. Category and sub-category of the engine ( 7 ): …
6.2.1. Combustion Cycle: four stroke cycle/two stroke cycle/rotary/other (specify) ( 4 ): …
6.2.2. Ignition Type: Compression ignition/spark ignition ( 4 )
6.2.3.1. Cylinders' number: … and configuration ( 26 ):

6.2.8. Fuel
6.2.8.1. Fuel Type ( 9 ): …
6.2.8.3. List of additional fuels, fuel mixtures or emulsions compatible with use by the engine declared by the manufacturer in accordance with point 1.4 of Annex I to Delegated Regulation (EU) 2017/654 (provide reference to recognised standard or specification): …
6.3.2.1. Declared rated speed: … rpm
6.3.2.1.2. Declared rated net power: … kW
6.3.2.2. Maximum power speed: … rpm
6.3.2.2.2. Maximum net power: … kW
6.3.6.4. Engine total swept volume: … cm 3

9. ENERGY STORAGE DEVICE(S) ( 11 )
9.1. Description: battery/capacitor/flywheel/generator ( 4 )
9.2. Identification number: …
9.3. Kind of electrochemical couple: …
9.4. Energy stored
9.4.1. For battery, voltage: … and capacity: … Ah in 2h
9.4.2. For capacitor: … J
9.4.3. For flywheel/generator ( 4 ): … J
9.4.3.1. Flywheel moment of inertia: … kg m 2
9.4.3.1.1. Additional moment of inertia if no gear is engaged: … kg m 2
9.5. Charger: on-board/external/without ( 4 )

10. EXTERNAL SOUND LEVEL

10.1. External sound level declared by the manufacturer
10.1.1. Moving: … dB(A)
10.1.2 Stationary: … dB(A)
10.1.3. At engine speed: … min–1
10.2. Brief description and schematic drawing of exhaust system (including the air intake system, the devices for noise and tailpipe emission control): …

10.3. Air-intake system
10.3.1. Intake manifold description (include drawings and/or photos) (10): …

10.3.2. Air filter
10.3.2.1. Photographs and/or drawings: …
10.3.2.2. Make: …
10.3.2.3. Type: …

10.3.3. Intake silencer
10.3.3.1. Photographs and/or drawings: …
10.3.3.2. Make: …
10.3.3.3. Type: …

10.4. Exhaust system
10.4.1. Description and/or drawing of the exhaust manifold (10): …
10.4.2. Description and/or drawing of the elements of the exhaust system that are not part of the engine: …
10.4.3. Maximum allowable exhaust back pressure at rated engine speed and at 100 % load: … kPa
10.4.4. Type, marking of the exhaust noise-abatement device(s): …
10.4.4.1. Exhaust noise-abatement device containing fibrous materials: yes/no ( 4 )
10.4.5. Exhaust system volume: … dm3
10.4.6. Location of the exhaust outlet: …
10.4.7. Additional noise-reducing measures in the engine compartment and on the engine for external noise (if any): …
10.5. Details of any non-engine related devices designed to reduce noise (if not covered by other items): …

11. DRIVE-TRAIN AND CONTROL ( 13 )
11.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of the vehicle drive-train and its control system (transmission ratio change system, clutch control or any other element of drive-train): …

11.2. Transmission
11.2.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of transmission ratio change system(s) and its control: …
11.2.2. Diagram and or drawing of the power transmission: …
11.2.3. Type of power transmission: Gear (including planetary gear sets) / belt / hydrostatic / electric / other ( 4 ) (if other, specify: …)
11.2.4. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …
11.2.5. Location relative to the engine: …
11.2.6. Method of control: …
11.2.7. Transfer box: with/without ( 4 )
11.2.8. Type of transmission ratio change system: Mechanical (gear change) / Double clutch (gear change) / Semi-automatic (gear change) / Automatic (gear change) / Continuously Variable Transmission/ hydrostatic / not applicable / other ( 4 ) (if other, specify: …)

11.3. Clutch (if any)
11.3.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of the clutch and its control system:
11.3.2. Maximum torque conversion: …

11.4. Gear ratios
Gear	Internal gearbox ratios (ratios of engine to gearbox output shaft revolutions)	Internal transfer box ratios (ratios of engine to transfer box output shaft revolutions)	Final drive ratio(s) (ratio of gearbox output shaft to driven wheel revolutions)	Total gear ratios	Ratio (engine speed/vehicle speed) for manual transmission only
Maximum for CVT Continuously variable transmission 1 2 3					
Minimum for CVT Reverse 1 …					

11.5. Differential lock
11.5.1. Differential lock: yes/no/optional ( 4 )

C. INFORMATION ON FUNCTIONAL SAFETY

12. PROPULSION AND/OR DRIVE-TRAIN OUTPUT GOVERNORS
12.1. Number of speed governors: …
12.2. Nominal cut-off point No 1: …
12.2.1. Engine/motor/drive-train rotation speed at which cut-off starts under load: … min–1
12.2.2. Maximum rotation speed at the minimum engine load: … min–1
12.3. Nominal cut-off point No 2: …
12.3.1 Engine/motor/drive-train rotation speed at which cut-off starts under load (4): … min–1
12.3.2. Maximum rotation speed at the minimum engine load: … min–1
12.4. The stated purpose of governor(s): maximum design vehicle speed limitation/maximum power limitation/engine over-speed protection (4): …
12.5. Adjustable speed limitation device complying with the requirements for N2- and N3-category vehicles set out in points 1 and 2, Part II point 13.2, Part III points 21.2 and 21.3, Annex 5 point 1 and Annex 6 to UNECE Regulation No 89 (OJ L 158, 19.6.2007, p. 1). with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)

13. STEERING
13.1. Schematic diagram of steered axle(s) showing steering geometry: …
13.2. Steering category: manual/power-assisted/servo steering/differential (4)

13.3. Transmission and control of steering
13.3.1. Configuration of steering transmission (specify for front and rear, if applicable): …
13.3.2. Linkage to the wheels (including other than mechanical means; specify for front and rear, if applicable): …
13.3.2.1. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …
13.3.3. Method of assistance (if any): …
13.3.3.1. Method and diagram of operation, make(s) and type(s): …
13.3.4. Diagram of the steering equipment as a whole, showing the position on the vehicle of the various devices influencing its steering behaviour: …
13.3.5. Schematic diagram(s) of the steering control(s): …
13.3.6. Range and method of adjustment of the steering control(s): …
13.3.7. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …

13.4. Maximum turning angle of the wheels (if fitted)
13.4.1. To the right: … degrees
Number of steering wheel turns: …
13.4.2. To the left: … degrees
Number of steering wheel turns: …

13.5. Minimum turning circle (without braking) (42)
13.5.1 To the right: … mm
13.5.2 To the left: … mm
13.5.3. Method of power assistance (if any): …
13.5.3.1. Method and diagram of operation, make(s) and type(s): …

13.6. Steering for fast (‘b’ speed index) T-category vehicles
13.6.1. Requirements under sections 2, 5 and 6 and in Annexes 4 and 6 to UNECE Regulation No 79 (OJ L 137, 27.5.2008, p. 25) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
13.6.2. Requirements on steering effort as set out in section 6 of UNECE Regulation No 79 (OJ L 137, 27.5.2008, p. 25) for N2-category vehicles are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
13.6.3. Requirements under ISO 10998:2008, Amd 1 2014 (Agricultural tractors — Requirements for steering) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)

13.7. Complex electronic control systems that affect the steering function
13.7.1. Requirements under Annex 6 to UNECE Regulation No 79 (OJ L 137, 27.5.2008, p. 25) are met by the complex electronic vehicle control systems that affect the steering function, with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

14. SPEEDOMETER, ODOMETER, TACHOMETER AND HOUR METER

14.1. Speedometer
14.1.1. Photographs and/or drawings of the complete system: …
14.1.2. Vehicle speed range displayed: …
14.1.3. Tolerance of the measuring mechanism of the speedometer: …
14.1.4. Technical constant of the speedometer: …
14.1.5. Method of operation and description of the drive mechanism: …
14.1.6. Overall transmission ratio of the drive mechanism: …
14.1.7. Design of the instrument dial or of the other forms of read-out: …
14.1.8. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components: …

14.2. Odometer
14.2.1. Tolerance of the measuring mechanism of the odometer: …
14.2.2. Method of operation and description of the drive mechanism: …

14.3. Tachometer
14.3.1. Tolerance of the measuring mechanism of the tachometer: …
14.3.2. Method of operation and description of the drive mechanism: …

14.4. Hour meter
14.4.1. Tolerance of the measuring mechanism of the hour meter: …
14.4.2. Method of operation and description of the drive mechanism: …

15. FIELD OF VISION
15.1. Drawing(s) and/or photograph(s) showing the location of component parts within the 180 o forward field of vision: …
15.2. Requirements under ISO 5721-1:2013 (Agricultural tractors — Requirements, test procedures and acceptance criteria for the operator's field of vision — Part 1: Field of vision to the front) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
15.3. Requirements under ISO 5721-2:2014 (Agricultural tractors — Requirements, test procedures and acceptance criteria for the operator's field of vision — Part 2: Field of vision to the side and to the rear) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

16. WINDSCREEN WIPERS AND WASHERS AND DEFROSTING AND DEMISTING

16.1. Windscreen wipers
16.1.1. Requirements under ISO 5721-1:2013 (Agricultural tractors — Requirements, test procedures and acceptance criteria for the operator's field of vision — Part 1: Field of vision to the front) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
16.1.2. Alternatively to entry 16.1.1, provide a detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings) and the number and frequency of its operation: …

16.2. Windscreen washer
16.2.1. Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings): …
16.2.2. Capacity of the reservoir: … l

16.3. Defrosting and demisting
16.3.1. Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings): …
16.3.2. Maximum electrical consumption: … kW

17. GLAZING
17.1. The following requirements under UNECE Regulation 43 (OJ L 42, 12.2.2014, p. 1) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: …
17.2. Alternatively to entry 17.1, provide the following information:
17.2.1. Data for quick identification of Driver's eyes reference point (59): …
17.2.2. in the case of glazing other than windscreens, drawings in a format not exceeding A4 or folded to that format, showing:
the maximum area,
the smallest angle between two adjacent sides of the glass pane, and
the maximum height of segment, if any;

17.2.3. Windscreen(s)
17.2.3.1. Material(s) used: …
17.2.3.2. Method of fitting: …
17.2.3.3. Rake angle(s): … degrees
17.2.3.4. Windscreen accessories and the position in which they are fitted, together with a brief description of any electrical/electronic components: …
17.2.3.5. Drawing on a scale 1:10 and diagrams of the windscreens and their installation in the tractor in sufficient detail to show:
17.2.3.5.1. the position of the windscreen relative to the Driver's eyes reference point (59);
17.2.3.5.2. the rake angle of the windscreen;
17.2.3.5.3. the position and size of the zone in which the optical qualities are verified and, where appropriate, the area subjected to differential toughening;
17.2.3.5.4. the developed area of the windscreen;
17.2.3.5.5. the maximum height of segment of the windscreen; and
17.2.3.5.6. the curvature of the windscreen (for windscreen-grouping purposes only);
17.2.3.6. in the case of double glazing, drawings in a format not exceeding A4 or folded to that format, showing, in addition to the information referred to in entry 17.2.2:
the type of each constituent glass pane,
the type of bonding (organic, glass-glass or glass-metal),
the nominal thickness of the gap between the two glass panes.

17.2.4. Window(s)
17.2.4.1. Position(s): …
17.2.4.2. Material(s) used: …
17.2.4.3. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any) of the window operating mechanism: …

17.2.5. Opening roof glazing
17.2.5.1. Position(s): …
17.2.5.2. Materials used: …
17.2.5.3. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any) of the roof glazing operating mechanism: …

17.2.6. Other glass panes
17.2.6.1. Position(s): …
17.2.6.2. Materials used: …
17.2.6.3. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any) of the other glass panes operating mechanism: …

18. REAR-VIEW MIRRORS
18.1. Number and class(es) of the mirrors: …
18.2. Requirements under UNECE Regulation No 46 (OJ L 177, 10.7.2010, p. 211) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
1.8.3. Requirements under UNECE Regulation No 81 (OJ L 185, 13.7.2012, p. 1) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
18.4. Drawing(s) for the identification of the mirror showing the position of the mirror relative to the vehicle structure: …
18.5. Details of the method of attachment including that part of the vehicle structure to which it is attached: …
18.6. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components of the adjustment system: …
18.7 Technical description of the defrosting and demisting system of the mirrors: …
18.8. Optional equipment that might restrict the field of vision to the rear: …

18.9. Field of vision for rear view mirror(s) of class II
18.9.1. Complies with point 5.1 of Annex IX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208: yes/no (4).
18.9.2. Alternatively to entry 18.9.1, requirements under ISO 5721-2:2014 (Agricultural tractors — Requirements, test procedures and acceptance criteria for the operator's field of vision — Part 2: Field of vision to the side and to the rear) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4).

19. DEVICES FOR INDIRECT VISION OTHER THAN MIRRORS (OPTIONAL)
19.1. Type and characteristics (such as a complete description of the device): …
19.2. In the case of a camera-monitor device, the detection distance (mm), contrast, luminance range, glare correction, display performance (black and white/colour (4)), image repetition frequency, luminance reach of the monitor (4): …
19.3. Sufficiently detailed drawings to identify the complete device, including installation instructions: …
19.4. Requirements under ISO 5721-2:2014 (Agricultural tractors — Requirements, test procedures and acceptance criteria for the operator's field of vision — Part 2: Field of vision to the side and to the rear) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

20. DRIVER INFORMATION SYSTEMS
20.1. Requirements under ISO 15077:2008 (Tractors and self-propelled machinery for agriculture — Operator controls — Actuating forces, displacement, location and method of operation) Annex B on operator controls associated with virtual terminals are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

21. INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING, LIGHT-SIGNALLING DEVICES, INCLUDING AUTOMATIC SWITCHING OF LIGHTING
21.1. List of all devices (mentioning the number, make(s),type, component type-approval mark(s), the maximum intensity of the main-beam headlamps, colour, the corresponding tell-tale); the list may include several types of device for each function; in addition, the list may include in respect of each function the additional annotation ‘or equivalent devices’: …
21.2. A diagram of the lighting and signalling installation as a whole, showing the position of the various devices on the vehicle: …
21.3. Dimensioned sketches of the exterior of the vehicle showing the location of the lighting and light-signalling devices, number and colour of lights: …
21.4. For every lamp and reflector, supply the following information:
21.4.1. Drawing showing the extent of the illuminating surface: …
21.4.2. Method used to define the apparent surface: …
21.4.3. Axis of reference and centre of reference: …
21.4.4. Method of operation of concealable lamps: …
21.5. Description/drawing and type of headlamp levelling device (e.g. automatic, stepwise manually adjustable, continuously manually adjustable) (4): …
21.5.1. Control device: …
21.5.2. Reference marks: …
21.5.3. Marks assigned for loading conditions: …
21.6. For R- and S-category vehicles, description of the power connection for lighting and light-signalling devices: …
21.7. Brief description of the electrical and/or electronic components used in the lighting system and in the light-signalling system: …

22. VEHICLE OCCUPANT PROTECTION, INCLUDING INTERIOR FITTINGS AND OTHER WEATHER PROTECTION ARRANGEMENTS

22.1. Bodywork
22.1.1. Materials used and methods of construction: …

22.2. Burning rate of cab material
22.2.1. Burning rate not exceeding the maximum rate of 150 mm/min in accordance with the requirements under ISO 3795:1989 (Road vehicles, and tractors and machinery for agriculture and forestry — Determination of burning behaviour of interior materials) with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4).

22.3. Interior protection for occupants
22.3.1. Photographs, drawings and/or an exploded view of the interior fittings, showing the parts in the passenger compartment and the materials used (with the exception of interior rear view mirrors), arrangement of controls, seats and their rear parts, head restraints, roof and opening roof, doors and window winders and other non-specified fittings: …
22.3.2. For vehicles equipped with steering wheel and bench seats or bucket seats in more than one row, environment of the rear passenger seats, if fitted, complying with Annex XVII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014: yes/no (4)
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 of 24 October 2013 supplementing Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to vehicle functional safety requirements for the approval of two- or three-wheel vehicles and quadricycles (OJ L 7, 10.1.2014, p. 1).

22.4. Head restraint(s)
22.4.1. Provided: yes/no (4)
22.4.2. Requirements under UNECE Regulation 25 (OJ L 215, 14.8.2010, p. 1) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
22.4.3. Type: integrated/detachable/separate (4)
22.4.4. Detailed description of the head restraint, specifying in particular the nature of the padding material or materials and, where applicable, the position and specifications of the braces and anchorage pieces for the type of seat for which approval is sought: …
22.4.5. In the case of a‘separate’ head restraint:
22.4.5.1. Detailed description of the structural zone to which the head restraint is intended to be fixed:
22.4.5.2. Scale drawings of the significant parts of the structure and the head restraint: …

22.5. Foot rests
22.5.1. Photographs and/or drawings of the operating space showing the true, effective number, location and dimensions of the footrests: …

22.6. Other weather protection arrangements
22.6.1. Description (Including photographs and drawings): …
22.6.2. Internal and external dimensions: … mm × … mm × … mm … mm × … mm × … mm

23. VEHICLE EXTERIOR AND ACCESSORIES
23.1. General arrangement (drawing or photographs accompanied if necessary by dimensional details and/or text) indicating the position of the attached sections and views, of any parts of the exterior surface which can be regarded as critical for external projections, for example, and where relevant: bumpers, floor line, door and window pillars, air-intake grilles, radiator grille, windscreen wipers, rain gutter channels, handles, slide rails, flaps, door hinges and locks, hooks, eyes, winches, decorative trim, badges, emblems and recesses and any other parts of the exterior surface which can be regarded as critical with regard to the risk or seriousness of bodily injury to a person hit by the external surface or brushing against it in the event of a collision (e.g. lighting equipment): …
23.2. A detailed description, including photographs and/or drawings, of the vehicle with respect to the structure, the dimensions, the relevant reference lines and the constituent materials of the frontal part of the vehicle (interior and exterior), including detail of any active pedestrian protection system installed: …
…
23.3. Drawing of the floor line: …

24. ELECTRO-MAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)
24.1. Schedule describing all projected combinations of relevant vehicle electrical/electronic systems or ESAs, body styles (60), variations in body material, general wiring arrangements, engine variations, left-hand/right-hand drive versions and wheelbase versions: …
24.2. Requirements under UNECE Regulation No 10 (OJ L 254, 20.9.2012, p. 1) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
24.3. Requirements under ISO 14982:1998 (Agricultural and forestry machinery — Electromagnetic compatibility — Test methods and acceptance criteria) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
24.4. Alternatively to entry 24.2 or entry 24.3, provide the following information:
24.4.1. Description and drawings/photographs of the shapes and constituent materials of the part of the body forming the engine compartment and adjacent parts of the passenger compartment: …
24.4.2. Drawings or photographs of the position of the metal components housed in the engine compartment (e.g. heating appliances, spare wheel, air filter, steering mechanism, etc.): …
24.4.3. Table or drawing of radio-interference control equipment: …
24.4.4. Particulars of the nominal value of the direct-current resistance, and, in the case of resistive ignition cables, of their nominal resistance per metre: …

25. AUDIBLE WARNING DEVICE(S)
25.1. Component type-approval for an audible warning device granted according to the requirements for N-category vehicles in the UNECE Regulation No 28 (OJ L 323, 6.12.2011, p. 33), with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
25.2. Summary description of device(s) used: …
25.3. Drawing(s) showing the location of the audible warning device(s) in relation to the structure of the vehicle: …
25.4. Details of the method of attachment, including the part of the vehicle structure to which the audible warning device(s) is (are) attached: …
25.5. Electrical/pneumatic circuit diagram: …
25.5.1. Voltage: AC/DC (4)
25.5.2. Rated voltage or air pressure: … V / kPa(4)
25.6. Drawing of the mounting device: …

26. HEATING SYSTEM AND AIR-CONDITIONING
26.1. Heating system tested in accordance with section 8 of ISO 14269-2:1997 (Tractors and self-propelled machines for agriculture and forestry — Operator enclosure environment — Part 2: Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning test method and performance) and test reports are included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
26.2. Air-conditioning system tested in accordance with section 9 of ISO 14269-2:1997 (Tractors and self-propelled machines for agriculture and forestry — Operator enclosure environment — Part 2: Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning test method and performance) and test reports are included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
26.3. Alternatively to entries 26.1 to 26.2, requirements under UNECE Regulation 122 (OJ L 164, 30.6.2010, p. 231) for vehicles of for N-category are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4))

26.4. Heating system
26.4.1. Overall drawing of the heating system giving its location on the vehicle (and the arrangement of the sound damping devices (including the position of the heat exchange points)): …
26.4.2. Overall drawing of the heat-exchanger used in systems utilising the heat from the exhaust gases, or of the parts where that exchange takes place (in the case of heating systems using the heat provided by the engine cooling air): …
26.4.3. Sectional drawing of the heat-exchanger or parts where heat exchange takes place, together with a statement of the wall thickness, of the materials used and the characteristics of their surface: …
26.4.4. Specifications regarding the method of manufacture and technical data relating to other major components of the heating system, such as the fan: …

26.5. Air-conditioning
26.5.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of air-conditioning and its control system: …
26.5.2. Gas used as refrigerant in the air-conditioning system: …

27. DEVICES TO PREVENT UNAUTHORISED USE

27.1. For T- and C-category vehicles
27.1.1. Requirements under UNECE Regulation 62 (OJ L 89, 27.3.2013, p. 37) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
27.1.2. Relevant requirements as prescribed for N2-category vehicles in points 2, 5 except point 5.6, 6.2 and 6.3, under UNECE Regulation No 18 (OJ L 120, 13.5.2010, p. 29) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
27.1.3. Alternatively to entry 27.1.1 or entry 27.1.2, provide the following information:
27.1.3.1. Detailed description, including photographs or drawings, of the protective device(s) and of the vehicle parts involved in its installation: …
27.1.3.2. List of the main components comprising the protective device(s): …

27.2. For R- and S-category vehicles
27.2.1. Detailed description, including photographs or drawings, of the protective device(s) and of the vehicle parts involved in its installation: …
27.2.1.1. List of the main components comprising the protective device(s): …

28. REAR REGISTRATION PLATE(S) SPACE
28.1. Location of registration plate(s) (indicate variants where necessary; drawings may be used as appropriate):
28.1.1. Height above road surface, upper edge: …mm
28.1.2. Height above road surface, lower edge: …mm
28.1.3. Distance of the centre line from the longitudinal median plane of the vehicle: …mm
28.1.4. Dimensions (length × width): …mm × …mm
28.1.5. Inclination of the plane to the vertical: …degr.
28.1.6. Angle of visibility in the horizontal plane: ….degr.

29. BALLAST MASSES
29.1. Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings with dimensions) of the ballast masses and how they are mounted on the tractor:
29.2. Number of sets of ballast masses: …
29.2.1. Number of components on each set: Set 1: … Set 2: …Set …
29.3. Mass of the components on each set: Set 1: …kg Set 2: …kg Set …:…kg
29.3.1. Total mass of each set: Set 1: …kg Set 2: …kg Set …:…kg
29.4. Total mass of ballast masses: …kg
29.4.1. Distribution of these masses among the axles: …kg
29.5. Material(s) and method of construction: …

30. SAFETY OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
30.1. Brief description of the power circuit components installation and drawings/photographs showing the location of the power circuit components installation: …
30.2. Schematic diagram of all electrical functions included in power circuit: …
30.3. Working voltage(s) (V): …
30.4. Description of protection against electric-shocks: …
30.5. Fuse and/or circuit breaker yes/no/optional (4)
30.5.1. Diagram showing the functional range: …
30.6. Configuration of power wiring harness: …

30.7. Generator
30.7.1. Type: …
30.7.2. Rated power: … VA

30.8. All-electric vehicles
30.8.1. For all-electric T2-, T3-, C2- or C3-category vehicles, requirements of Annex IV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 are met, with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/as far as practicable (4) (if as far as practicable, specify: …)

30.9. Battery isolator
30.9.1. Disconnection of the battery by: electronic system/ignition key/common tool/switch/other (4) (if other, specify: …)

31. FUEL TANK(S)
31.1. Drawing and technical description of the tank(s) with connections and lines of the breathing and venting system, locks, valves, fastening devices: …
31.2. Drawing clearly showing the position of the tank(s) in the vehicle: …
31.3. Drawing of the heat shield between tank and exhaust device: …

31.4. Main fuel tank(s)
31.4.1. Maximum capacity: …
31.4.2. Materials used: …
31.4.3. Fuel tank inlet: restricted orifice/label (4) …
31.4.4. Measure(s) for charge dissipation (if any): …

31.5. Reserve fuel tank(s)
31.5.1. Maximum capacity: …
31.5.2. Materials used: …
31.5.3. Fuel tank inlet: restricted orifice/label (4) …
31.5.4. Measure(s) for charge dissipation (if any): …

32. LATERAL AND REAR PROTECTION

32.1. Lateral protection
32.1.1. Presence: yes/no/incomplete (4)
32.1.2. Drawing of the vehicle parts relevant to the lateral protection, i.e. drawing of the vehicle and/or chassis with position and mounting of the axle(s), drawing of the mountings and/or the fittings of lateral protection device(s). If the lateral protection is achieved without lateral protection device(s) the drawing shall clearly show that the required dimensions are met: …
32.1.3. Drawing of the floor line at the vehicle lateral: …
32.1.4. Drawings of the necessary sections through the external surface to measure the height (H) of the external surface projections in accordance with Appendix 1 to Annex XXVII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208: …
32.1.5. In the case of lateral protection device(s), full description and/or drawing of such device(s) (including mountings and fittings) or its/their component type-approval number(s): …
32.1.5.1. Materials used: …
32.1.5.2. Complete details of fittings required and full instructions, including torque requirements, for fitting: …
32.1.6. Requirements under points 2 and 3 and Parts I, II and III of UNECE Regulation No 73 (OJ L 122, 8.5.2012, p. 1) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

32.2. Rear protective structure
32.2.1. Presence: yes/no/incomplete (4)
32.2.2. Drawing of the vehicle parts relevant to the rear protective structure, i.e. drawing of the vehicle and/or chassis with position and mounting of the widest rear axle, drawing of the mounting and/or fitting of the rear protective structure. If the rear protective structure is not a special device, the drawing shall clearly show that the required dimensions are met: …
32.2.3. Drawing of the floor line at the vehicle rear end: …
32.2.4. In case of a special device, full description and/or drawing of the rear protective structure (including mountings and fittings), or, if approved as separate technical unit, type-approval number: …
32.2.4.1. Materials used: …
32.2.4.2. Complete details of fittings required and full instructions, including torque requirements, for fitting: …

33. LOAD PLATFORM(S)

33.1. Load platform(s) dimensions
33.1.1. Length of the load platform(s): … mm
33.1.2. Width of load platform(s): … mm
33.1.3. Height of load platform(s) above the ground (47): … mm
33.2. Safe load carrying capacity of load platform(s) declared by manufacturer: … kg
33.2.1. Distribution of this (these) load(s) among the axles: … kg
33.3. For T- and C-category vehicles, detachable platform(s): yes/no/optional (4)
33.3.1. Description of the devices for attachment to the vehicle: …

33.4. Stability of the load platform
33.4.1. Position of centre of gravity of the platform(s) in the longitudinal, transverse and vertical direction: …
33.4.2. For vehicles with multiple load platforms, position of the centre of gravity of the vehicle with loaded platform(s) and without driver in the longitudinal, transverse and vertical direction: …

34. FRONT TOWING DEVICE (T-AND C-CATEGORY VEHICLES)
34.1. Dimensioned drawing of the front towing device and of the securing device: …
34.2. For vehicles equipped with a maximum technically permissible mass not exceeding 2 000 kg, requirements of Commission (EU) Regulation No 1005/2010 (OJ L 291, 9.11.2010, p. 36) are met, with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

35. TYRES
35.1. Type-approved in accordance with Annex XXX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208: yes/no/not applicable (4)
35.2. Type-approved in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 200, 31.7.2009, p. 1): yes/no/not applicable (4)
35.3. Approved in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 106 (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 231): yes/no/not applicable (4)
35.4. Approved in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 30 (OJ L 307, 23.11.2011, p. 1): yes/no/not applicable (4)
35.5. Approved in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 54 (OJ L 307, 23.11.2011, p. 2): yes/no/not applicable (4)
35.6. Approved in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 75 (OJ L 84, 30.3.2011, p. 46): yes/no/not applicable (4)
35.7. Approved in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 117 (OJ L 307, 23.11.2011, p. 3): yes/no/not applicable (4)

36. SPRAY-SUPPRESSION SYSTEM

36.1. Wheel guards
36.1.1. Vehicle fitted with wheel guards: yes/no (4)
36.1.2. Brief description of the vehicle with regard to its wheel guards: …
36.1.3. Detailed drawings of the wheel guards and their position on the vehicle showing the dimensions and taking account of the extremes of tyre/wheel combinations: …

36.2. Other spray-suppression devices
36.2.1. Presence: yes/no/incomplete (4)
36.2.2. Brief description of the vehicle with regard to its spray-suppression system and the constituent components: …
36.2.3. Detailed drawings of the spray-suppression system and its position on the vehicle showing the dimensions and taking account of the extremes of tyre/wheel combinations: …

37. CRAWLER UNDERCARRIAGE
(provide also entry 4.1.2.3)
37.1. Photographs and dimensioned drawings of the arrangement of the crawler undercarriage and its installation on the vehicle (including the elements inside of track belts to ensure that the track belt is guided over the rollers and the track pattern in the outside): …
37.2. Type of material in contact with the surface: rubber tracks/steel tracks/rubber pads on the track shoes (4)

37.3. Metallic tracks
37.3.1. Number of track rollers directly transferring load onto the road surface (NR): …
37.3.2. Outer surface area of each pad (AP): … mm2

37.4. Rubber tracks
37.4.1. Total surface area of rubber lugs in contact with the road (AL): … mm2
37.4.2. Percentage of lug area versus the total surface of the belt: … %

38. MECHANICAL COUPLING
38.1. Photographs and dimensional drawings of the mechanical coupling, its installation on the vehicle and its coupling with the device installed on the towed vehicle:
38.1.1. Rear mechanical coupling: yes/no (4)
38.1.2. Front coupling device (for R- and S-category vehicles): yes/no (4)

38.2. Short technical description of the mechanical coupling specifying the type of construction and the material used
38.2.1. Rear mechanical coupling: …
38.2.2. Front coupling device (for R- and S-category vehicles): …

38.3. Rear mechanical coupling
Type (according to Appendix 1 to Annex XXXIV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208):			…	…	…
Make:			…	…	…
Manufacturer's type designation:			…	…	…
(EU) type-approval mark or -number:			…	…	…
Maximum horizontal load/D-Value (4) (44):			… kg/kN (4)	… kg/kN (4)	… kg/kN (4)
Towable mass (T) (4) (44):			… tonnes	… tonnes	… tonnes
Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point (44):			… kg	… kg	… kg
Position of coupling point (62)	height above ground,	minimum	… mm	… mm	… mm
		maximum	… mm	… mm	… mm
	distance from vertical plane passing through the axis of the rear axle	minimum	… mm	… mm	… mm
		maximum	… mm	… mm	… mm
38.4. Front coupling device (for R- and S-category vehicles):
Type (according to Appendix 1 to Annex XXXIV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208):			…	…	…
Make:			…	…	…
Manufacturer's type designation:			…	…	…
(EU) type-approval mark or -number:			…	…	…
Maximum horizontal load/D-Value (4) (44):			… kg/kN (4)	… kg/kN (4)	… kg/kN (4)
Towable mass (T) (4) (44):			… tonnes	… tonnes	… tonnes
Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point (44):			… kg	… kg	… kg
Position of coupling point (62)	height above ground,	minimum	… mm	… mm	… mm
		maximum	… mm	… mm	… mm
38.5. Description of the mechanical coupling:
Type (according to Appendix 1 of Annex XXXIV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208):	…
Make:	…
Manufacturer’s type designation:	…
Maximum horizontal load/D-Value ( 4 ) ( 44 ):	… kg/kN ( 4 )
Towable mass (T) ( 4 ) ( 44 ):	… tonnes
Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point (S) ( 44 ):	… kg
Photographs and scale drawings of the coupling device. These drawings shall in particular show the required dimensions in detail as well as the measurements for mounting the device.	
Short technical description of the coupling device specifying the type of construction and the material used.	
Type of Test	Static/Dynamic ( 4 )
(EU) type-approval mark or -number of drawbar eyes, coupling heads or similar coupling devices that shall be attached to the mechanical coupling (in the case of hinged or rigid drawbars) type-approval mark or –number of mechanical couplings that shall be attached to the ladder frame /trailer hitch support (if restricted to certain types):	…
38.6. Component type-approval for a mechanical coupling granted under UNECE Regulation No 55 (OJ L 227, 28.8.2010, p. 1), with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)

39. THREE-POINT LIFTING MECHANISM
39.1. Three-point lifting mechanism: front mounted/rear mounted/both front and rear mounted/inexistent (4)

39.2. Maximum towable mass ( 16 ): … kg

40. ADDITIONAL COUPLING POINTS
40.1. Additional coupling points: yes/no/optional (4)
40.2. Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings) and main purpose(s) of the additional coupling points: …
40.3. Maximum permissible vertical load on the additional coupling points: … kg

D. INFORMATION ON BRAKING PERFORMANCE

41. SUSPENSION
41.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of suspension and its control system for of each axle or group of axles or wheel: …
41.2. Drawing of the suspension arrangements: …
41.3. Level adjustment: yes/no/optional (4)
41.4. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components: …
41.5. Air-suspension for driving axle(s): yes/no (4)
41.5.1. Suspension of driving axle(s) equivalent to air-suspension: yes/no (4)
41.5.2. Frequency and damping of the oscillation of the sprung mass: …
41.6. Air-suspension for non-driving axle(s): yes/no (4)
41.6.1. Suspension of non-driving axle(s) equivalent to air-suspension: yes/no (4)
41.6.2. Frequency and damping of the oscillation of the sprung mass: …
41.7. Characteristics of the springing parts of the suspension (design, characteristics of the materials and dimensions): …
41.8. Vehicle equipped with hydro-pneumatic/hydraulic/pneumatic (4) suspension: yes/no (4)
41.9. Stabilisers: yes/no/optional (4)
41.10. Shock absorbers: yes/no/optional (4)
41.11. Other devices (if any): …

42. AXLE(S) AND TYRES
42.1. Description (including photographs and drawings) of the axle(s): …
42.2. Material(s) and method of construction: …
42.3. Make (where appropriate): …
42.4. Type (where appropriate): …
42.5. Maximum permissible mass supported by the axle(s): … kg
42.6. Axle(s) dimensions:
42.6.1. Length: … mm
42.6.2. Width: … mm
42.7. Braking connection to the axle(s): axial/radial/integrated/other (4) (if other, specify: …)
42.8. Dimensions of the largest permissible tyres on braked axles: …
42.8.1. Nominal rolling circumference of the largest tyres on braked axles: …
42.8.2. Dimensions of the largest permissible tyres on powered axles: …
42.8.3. Nominal rolling circumference of the of the largest tyres on powered axles: …

43. BRAKING
43.1. Brief description of the braking system(s) installed on the vehicle ( 55 ): …
43.2. Specifications of the vehicle with respect to the control circuits of the pneumatic, hydraulic and/or electric control lines of the braking system(s) and a list of the supported messages and parameters: …
43.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

43.4. Braking system(s)
43.4.1. Description of the braking system(s) operation (including any electronic parts), electric block diagram, hydraulic or pneumatic circuit plan (55): …
43.4.2 Schematic drawing and operating sketch of the braking system(s) (55): …
43.4.3. List of braking-system components, properly identified (55): …
43.4.4. Technical explanation on the calculation for the braking system(s) (determination of the ratio of the total braking forces at the circumference of the wheels to the force applied to the braking control) (55): …
43.4.5. External energy source(s) (if any) (characteristics, capacity of energy reservoirs, maximum and minimum pressure, pressure gauge and minimum-pressure warning device on the dashboard, vacuum reservoirs and supply valve, supply compressors, compliance with provisions regarding pressure equipment) (55): …
43.4.6. Electronic braking system: yes/no/optional (4)
43.4.7. Type-I test report number(s), in accordance with Annex VII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 (if applicable): …

43.5. Braking transmission (on towing vehicle)
43.5.1. Braking transmission of the service braking system on towing vehicle: mechanical/pneumatic/hydraulic/hydrostatic/without power assistance/power-assisted/fully powered transmission ( 4 )
43.5.2. Transmission technology: pneumatic/hydraulic/both pneumatic and hydraulic (4)
43.5.3. Locking of left and right braking controls: yes/no ( 4 )

43.6. Towed vehicle braking control devices (on towing vehicle)
43.6.1. Towed vehicle braking control system technology: Hydraulic / Pneumatic / Electric/None ( 4 )
43.6.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43.6.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43.6.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43.6.4.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43.6.4.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43.6.5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43.6.2. Description of the connectors, couplings and safety devices (including drawings, sketches and the identification of any electronic parts): …
43.6.2.1. Pneumatic connection type: Two lines/None ( 4 )
43.6.2.1.1. Pneumatic supply pressure (two lines): … kPa
43.6.2.1.2. Electrical control line: yes/no ( 4 )
43.6.2.2. Hydraulic connection type: Single line / Two lines / None ( 4 )
43.6.2.2.1. Hydraulic supply pressure: Single line: … kPa Two lines: … kPa
43.6.2.2.2. Presence of ISO 7638:2003 connector ( 15 ): yes/no ( 4 )

43.7. Towed vehicle braking devices (on towed vehicle)
43.7.1. Towed vehicle braking control system technology: Hydraulic / Pneumatic / Electric/ Inertia / None ( 4 )
43.7.2. Towed vehicle-brake actuating device: Drum / Disc / Other ( 4 )
43.7.2.1. Description and characteristics: …
43.7.3. Description of the connectors, couplings and safety devices (including drawings, sketches and the identification of any electronic parts): …
43.7.3.1. Pneumatic connection type: Two lines/None ( 4 )
43.7.3.1.1. Electrical control line: yes/no ( 4 )
43.7.3.2. Hydraulic connection type: Two lines / None ( 4 )
43.7.3.2.1. Presence of ISO 7638:2003 connector ( 15 ): yes/no ( 4 )

43.A. TOWED VEHICLE AXLE AND BRAKE INFORMATION DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE ALTERNATIVE TYPE I AND TYPE III PROCEDURE
43.A.1. General
43.A.1.1. Name and address of axle or vehicle manufacturer:
43.A.2. Axle data
43.A.2.1. Manufacturer (name and address): …
43.A.2.2. Type/variant: …
43.A.2.3. Axle identifier: ID1- …
43.A.2.4. Test axle load (F e ): … daN
43.A.2.5. Wheel and brake data according to the following figures 1A and 1B …
43.A.3. Brake
43.A.3.1. General information
43.A.3.1.1. Make:
43.A.3.1.2. Manufacturer (name and address):
43.A.3.1.3. Type of brake (e.g. drum / disc):
43.A.3.1.3.1. Variant (e.g. S-cam, single wedge etc.):
43.A.3.1.4. Brake identifier: ID2-
43.A.3.1.5. Brake data according to the figures 2A and 2B:
43.A.3.2. Drum brake data
43.A.3.2.1. Brake adjustment device (external/integrated): …
43.A.3.2.2. Declared maximum brake input torque C max : … Nm
43.A.3.2.3. Mechanical efficiency: η = …
43.A.3.2.4. Declared brake input threshold torque C0,dec: … Nm
43.A.3.2.5. Effective length of the cam shaft: … mm
43.A.3.3. Brake drum
43.A.3.3.1. Max diameter of friction surface (wear limit) … mm
43.A.3.3.2. Base material: …
43.A.3.3.3. Declared mass: … kg
43.A.3.3.4. Nominal mass: … kg
43.A.3.4. Brake lining
43.A.3.4.1. Manufacturer and address …
43.A.3.4.2. Make …
43.A.3.4.3. Type …
43.A.3.4.4. Identification (type identification on lining) …
43.A.3.4.5. Minimum thickness (wear limit) … mm
43.A.3.4.6. Method of attaching friction material to brake shoe: …
43.A.3.4.6.1. … Worst case of attachment (in the case of more than one):
43.A.3.5. Disc brake data
43.A.3.5.1. Connection type to the axle (axial, radial, integrated, etc.): …
43.A.3.5.2. Brake adjustment device (external/integrated): …
43.A.3.5.3. Max. actuation stroke: … mm
43.A.3.5.4. Declared maximum input force Th Amax : … daN
43.A.3.5.4.1 Cmax = ThAmax · l e : … Nm
43.A.3.5.5. Friction radius: r e = … mm
43.A.3.5.6. Lever length: l e = … mm
43.A.3.5.7. Input/output ratio (l e /e e ): i = ….
43.A.3.5.8. Mechanical efficiency: η = …
43.A.3.5.9. Declared brake input threshold force Th A0,dec : … N
43.A.3.5.9.1. C 0,dec = Th A0,dec · l e : … Nm
43.A.3.5.10. Minimum rotor thickness (wear limit): … mm
43.A.3.6. Brake disc data …
43.A.3.6.1. Disc type description: …
43.A.3.6.2. Connection/mounting to the hub: …
43.A.3.6.3. Ventilation (yes/no): …
43.A.3.6.4. Declared mass: … kg
43.A.3.6.5. Nominal mass: … kg
43.A.3.6.6. Declared external diameter: … mm
43.A.3.6.7. Minimum external diameter: … mm
43.A.3.6.8. Inner diameter of friction ring: … mm
43.A.3.6.9. Width of ventilation channel (if appl.): … mm
43.A.3.6.10. Base material: …
43.A.3.7. Brake pad data …
43.A.3.7.1. Manufacturer and address: …
43.A.3.7.2. Make:
43.A.3.7.3. Type: …
43.A.3.7.4. Identification (type identification on pad back plate): …
43.A.3.7.5. Minimum thickness (wear limit): … mm
43.A.3.7.6. Method of attaching friction material to pad back plate: …
43.A.3.7.6.1. Worst case of attachment (in the case of more than one): …
Figure 1A
Figure 1B
Figure 2A

Figure 2B
xe (mm)	ae (mm)	he (mm)	ce (mm)	de (mm)	ee (mm)	α0e	α1e	be (mm)	re (mm)	Ae (cm2)	S1e (mm)	S2e (mm)	S3e (mm)
													

E. INFORMATION ON VEHICLE CONSTRUCTION

44. CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION
44.1. Description of overall quality-assurance management systems: …

45. ACCESS TO VEHICLE ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) AND VEHICLE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION (45)
45.1. Address of principal website for access to vehicle repair and maintenance information (45): …
45.2. In the case of multi-stage type-approval, address of principal website for access to vehicle repair and maintenance information from manufacturer(s) at previous stage(s) (45): …
45.3. Relevant information to enable the development of replacement components which are critical to the correct functioning of the OBD system provided: yes/no (4)
45.4. Annual worldwide production of a type (61): …
45.5. Proof(s) of compliance that vehicle repair and maintenance information is provided using only open text and graphic formats or formats which can be viewed and printed using only standard software plug-ins that are freely available, easy to install, and which run with computer operating systems commonly in use.
45.5.1. Keywords in the metadata conform to ISO 15031-2:2010 (Road vehicles — Communication between vehicle and external equipment for emissions-related diagnostics — Part 2: Guidance on terms, definitions, abbreviations and acronyms): yes/no (4)

45.6. Reprogramming of control units in accordance with point 2.5 of Appendix 1 to Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014
45.6.1. Reprogramming of control units conducted in accordance with: /SAE J2534/TMC RP1210/other non-proprietary software (4) (if other non-proprietary software, specify: …)
45.6.1.1. Proprietary software: yes/no (4)
45.6.1.2. ISO 22900-2 (Road vehicles — Modular vehicle communication interface (MVCI) — Part 2: Diagnostic protocol data unit application programming interface (D-PDU API)): yes/no (4)
45.6.1.3. SAE J2534 (Recommended practice for pass-thru vehicle programming): yes/no (4)
45.6.1.4. TMC RP1210 (API): yes/no (4)
45.6.1.5. Other non-proprietary software: yes/no (4) (if other non-proprietary software, specify: …)
45.6.2. Compatibility validation of manufacturer-specific application and vehicle communication interfaces (VCIs) is made by: independently developed VCIs/loan of special hardware (4)
45.6.3. In-vehicle communication and communication between ECUs and diagnostic service according to standard:
45.6.3.1. SAE J1939-13 (Serial control and communications vehicle network): yes/no ( 4 )
45.6.3.2. ISO 11783-2 (Tractors and machinery for agriculture and forestry – Serial control and communications data network): yes/no ( 4 )
45.6.3.3. ISO 15031-3 (Road vehicles – Communication between vehicle and external equipment for emissions-related diagnostics): yes/no ( 4 )
45.6.3.4. ISO 13400-4 (Road vehicles – Diagnostic communication over Internet Protocol (DoIP)) ( 4 ): yes/no ( 4 )

45.7. Information required for the manufacture of diagnostic tools
45.7.1. The vehicle manufacturer uses diagnostic and test tools in accordance with ISO 22900-2:2009 (Road vehicles — Modular vehicle communication interface (MVCI) — Part 2: Diagnostic protocol data unit application programming interface (D-PDU API)) and ISO 22901-2:2011 (Road vehicles — Open diagnostic data exchange (ODX) — Part 2: Emissions-related diagnostic data) in their franchised networks: yes/no/not applicable (4) (if not applicable: specify reasons: …)
45.7.2. ODX files are accessible to independent operators via the manufacturer's website: yes/no/not applicable (4) (if not applicable: specify reasons: …)
45.7.3. Communication protocol information as laid down in point 1.1 of Appendix 2 to Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 are made available through manufacturer's repair information websites: yes/no/not applicable (4) (if not applicable: specify reasons: …)
45.7.4. Information required for the test and diagnosis of OBD monitored components as laid down in point 1.2 of Appendix 2 to Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 is made available through manufacturer's repair information websites: yes/no/not applicable (4) (if not applicable: specify reasons: …)
45.7.5. Data required to perform the repair as laid down in point 1.3 of Appendix 2 to Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 are made available through manufacturer's repair information websites: yes/no/not applicable (4) (if not applicable: specify reasons: …)

45.8. Repair and maintenance information of vehicle combinations
45.8.1 The vehicle manufacturer recommends the combination of a type of tractor with a type of R or S category vehicle or vice versa: yes/no (4)
45.8.2. Vehicles for which the combination is recommended:
45.8.2.1. Make (trade name of manufacturer) (18): …
45.8.2.2. Type (17): …
45.8.2.2.1. Variant(s) (17): …
45.8.2.2.2. Version(s) (17): …
45.8.2.3. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
45.8.2.4. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
45.8.3. Vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information related to the interconnectivity of both vehicles provided through a website set up jointly by several manufacturers or a consortium of manufacturers: yes/no (4)
45.8.3.1. Address of the website set up jointly by several manufacturers or a consortium of manufacturers (45): …

46. ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS)
46.1. Equipment of ROPS: compulsory/optional/standard (4)

46.2. ROPS by cab/by frame/by roll bar(s) mounted at front/rear (4)
46.2.1. In the case of roll bar: foldable/not foldable ( 4 )
46.2.2. In the case of foldable roll bar:
46.2.2.1. Folding operation: non-assisted / partially assisted / fully assisted ( 4 )
46.2.2.2. In case of non-assisted or partially assisted folding operation:
46.2.2.2.1. Hand-operated foldable ROPS: with tools/ without tools ( 4 )
46.2.2.2.2. Photographs and detailed technical drawings showing the grasping area and a lateral and top view of the accessible zones. Dimensions and maximum forces for actuating the ROPS must figure on the drawings: …
46.2.2.3. In case of partially assisted or fully assisted folding operation, brief description of the assistance devices as well as of their control devices, if any, and their location: …
46.2.2.4. Locking mechanism: manual/automatic ( 4 )
46.2.2.4.1. For manual locking mechanisms, brief description of the locking mechanism and of its ergonomic design to avoid pinching or shearing hazards and to limit the force required for its operation: …
46.2.2.4.2. For automatic locking mechanisms,
46.2.2.4.2.1. Brief description of the locking mechanism, its control devices, if any, and their location: …
46.2.2.4.2.2. Manufacturers' certificate set out in Note 2 of point 5.5. of Part B3 of Annex IX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014: yes/no ( 4 )
46.3. Photographs and detailed technical drawings showing the position of the ROPS, position of the seat index point (SIP), the details of mountings and position of the front part of the tractor capable of supporting the tractor when overturned (if necessary) etc. (in the case of front-mounted foldable ROPS, show the grasping area and a lateral and top view of the accessible zones). The main dimensions must figure on the drawings, including external dimensions of tractor with protective structure fitted and main interior dimensions: …
46.4. Brief description of the protective structure, comprising:
46.4.1. Type of construction: …
46.4.2. Details of mountings: …
46.4.3. Details of the front part of the tractor capable of supporting the tractor when overturned (if necessary): …
46.4.4. Additional frame: …

46.5. Dimensions (52)
46.5.1. Height of roof members above the seat index point (SIP): … mm
46.5.2. Height of roof members above the tractor footplate: … mm
46.5.3. Interior width of the protective structure vertically above the seat index point at the level of centre of the steering wheel: … mm
46.5.4. Distance from the centre of the steering wheel to the right-hand side of the protective structure: … mm
46.5.5. Distance from the centre of the steering wheel to the left-hand side of the protective structure: … mm
46.5.6. Minimum distance from the steering wheel rim to the protective structure: … mm
46.5.7. Horizontal distance from the seat index point to the rear of the protective structure above the seat index point: … mm
46.5.8. Position (with reference to the rear axle) of the front part of the tractor capable of supporting the tractor when overturned (if necessary):
46.5.8.1. Horizontal distance: … mm
46.5.8.2. Vertical distance: … mm

46.6. Details of materials used in the construction of the protective structure and specifications of steels used (53)
46.6.1. Main frame (parts — material — sizes): …
46.6.2. Mountings (parts — material — sizes): …
46.6.3. Assembly and mounting bolts (parts — sizes): …
46.6.4. Roof (parts — material — sizes): …
46.6.5. Cladding (if equipped) (parts — material — sizes): …
46.6.6. Glass (if equipped) (parts — material — sizes): …
46.6.7. Front part of the tractor capable of supporting the tractor when overturned (if necessary) (parts — material — sizes): …
46.7. Alternatively to entries 46.1 to 46.6.7, provide the following information:
46.7.1. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (dynamic test), OECD Code 3, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
46.7.2. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry track-laying tractors, OECD Code 8, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
46.7.3. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (static test), OECD Code 4, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
46.7.4. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of front mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 6, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
46.7.5. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of rear mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 7, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)

47. FALLING OBJECT PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES (FOPS)

47.1. T- and C-category vehicles equipped for forestry applications
47.1.1. Requirements under standard ISO 8083:2006 (Machinery for forestry — Falling-object protective structures (FOPS) — Laboratory tests and performance requirements) level I/level II (4) on FOPS are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

47.2. All other T- and C-category vehicles fitted with FOPS
47.2.1. Photographs and detailed technical drawings showing the position of the FOPS, position of the seat index point (SIP), etc. The main dimensions must figure on the drawings, including external dimensions of tractor with protective structure fitted and main interior dimensions:
47.2.2. Brief description of the protective structure, comprising:
47.2.2.1. Type of construction: …
47.2.2.2. Details of mountings: …

47.2.3. Dimensions (52)
47.2.3.1. Height of roof members above the seat index point (SIP): … mm
47.2.3.2. Height of roof members above the tractor footplate: … mm
47.2.3.3. Overall height of the tractor with the protective structure fitted: … mm
47.2.3.4. Overall width of the protective structure (if mudguards are included, this is to be stated): … mm

47.2.4. Details of materials used in the construction of the protective structure and specifications of steels used (53)
47.2.4.1. Main frame (parts — material — sizes): …
47.2.4.2. Mountings (parts — material — sizes): …
47.2.4.3. Assembly and mounting bolts (parts — sizes): …
47.2.4.4. Roof (parts — material — sizes): …
47.2.5. Details of tractor manufacturer's reinforcements on original parts: …
47.2.6. Alternatively to entries 47.2.1 to 47.2.5, a complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of falling object protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 10, Edition 2015 of July 2014 is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

48. DRIVER'S EXPOSURE TO NOISE LEVEL
48.1. T- or C-category (with rubber tracks) vehicles to be tested in accordance with Test method 1, in accordance with point 2 of Annex XIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014: yes/no/not applicable (4)
48.2. T- or C-category (with rubber tracks) vehicles to be tested in accordance with Test method 2, in accordance with point 3 of Annex XIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014: yes/no/not applicable (4)
48.3. C-category vehicles with steel tracks to be tested on a layer of humid sand as specified by paragraph 5.3.2 of ISO 6395:2008 (Earth-moving machinery — Determination of sound power level — Dynamic test conditions): yes/no/not applicable (4)
48.4. Alternatively to entries 48.1 to 48.3, a complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official measurement of noise at the driving position(s) on agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 5, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)

49. SEATING POSITIONS (SADDLES AND SEATS)
49.1. Seating position configuration: seat/saddle (4)
49.2. Coordinates or drawing of the Seat Reference point(s) (S) of all seating positions: …
49.3. Description and drawings of:
49.3.1. The seats and their anchorages: …
49.3.2. The adjustment system: …
49.3.3. The displacement and locking systems: …
49.3.4. The seat-belt anchorages (if incorporated in the seat structure): …
49.3.5. The parts of the vehicle used as anchorages: …

49.4. Driver's seat
49.4.1. Position of the driving seat: left/right/centre ( 4 )
49.4.2. Driver's seat type category: category A class I/II/III, category B (4)
49.4.3. Reversible driving position: yes/no (4)
49.4.3.1. Description of the reversible driving position: …
49.4.4. Dimensions of the driving seat, including the depth and width of the seat surface, the position and inclination of the backrest, as well as the inclination of the seat surface:
49.4.5. Main characteristics of the driving seat: …
49.4.6. Adjustment system: …
49.4.7. Displacement and locking system in the longitudinal and vertical directions: …
49.4.7.1. In the case of vehicles not equipped with an adjustable seat, indicate the displacement of the steering column and pedal(s): …

49.5. Passenger seat(s)
49.5.1. Number of passenger seats: …
49.5.2. Location and arrangement ( 8 ): …
49.5.3. Dimensions of the passenger seat(s): …
49.5.4. Main characteristics of the passenger seat(s): …
49.5.5. Requirements under standard EN 15694:2009 (Agricultural and forestry tractors. Passenger seat. Requirements and test procedures) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable ( 4 )
49.5.6. Requirements under standard EN 15997:2011 (All terrain vehicles (ATVs - Quads). Safety requirements and test methods) on passenger seats for ATV Type II vehicle are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable ( 4 )

50. OPERATING SPACE AND ACCESS TO AND EXIT OF THE VEHICLE INCLUDING DOORS AND WINDOWS

50.1. Operating space
50.1.1. Detailed photographs or drawings, including dimensions of the operating space, indicating in particular the position of the Seat reference point (S) and the dimensions of the operating space around it, the clearance between the base of the steering wheel and the fixed parts of the tractor, the locations of the control devices, rungs and necessary handrails: …
50.1.2. Hand-operated control devices have the minimum clearances required by point 4.5.3 of ISO 4254-1:2013 (Agricultural machinery — Safety — Part 1: General requirements) with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
50.2. Access to the driving position:
50.2.1. Detailed photographs or drawings and/or an exploded view, including dimensions of entrances, steps, rungs, handrails and handholds: …
50.2.2. Minimum dimensions of steps, integral foot recesses and rungs:
50.2.2.1. Depth clearance: … mm
50.2.2.2. Width clearance: … mm
50.2.2.3. Height clearance: … mm
50.2.2.4. Distance between surface of two steps: … mm
50.2.3. For C-category vehicles, requirements under section 3.3.5 of Annex XV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
50.2.4. Handrails/handholds (4) provided: yes/no (4)
50.3. Access to other positions than the driving position:
50.3.1. Detailed photographs or drawings and/or an exploded view, including dimensions of entrances, steps, rungs, handrails and handholds: …
50.3.2. Minimum dimensions of steps, integral foot recesses and rungs:
50.3.2.1. Depth clearance: … mm
50.3.2.2. Width clearance: … mm
50.3.2.3. Height clearance: … mm
50.3.2.4. Distance between surface of two steps: … mm
50.3.3. Handrails/handholds (4) provided: yes/no (4)

50.4. Occupant doors, latches and hinges
50.4.1. Number of doors, and its configuration, dimensions and maximum angle of opening (5): …
50.4.2. Drawing of latches and hinges and of their position in the doors: …
50.4.3. Technical description of latches and hinges: …
50.4.4. Vehicle doors, with powered windows and powered roof hatches, if fitted, complying with paragraphs 5.8.1 to 5.8.5 of UNECE Regulation No 21(OJ L 188, 16.7.2008, p. 32): yes/no (4)

50.5. Windows and emergency exit(s)
50.5.1. Photographs or drawings and/or an exploded view of the arrangement of windows and emergency exits, as well as of any additional means to facilitate the evacuation: …
50.5.2. Number of windows: … and of emergency exits: …
50.5.3. Dimensions of windows: … mm × … mm and of emergency exits: … mm × … mm
50.5.4. Means to overcome differences in height exceeding 1 000 mm to facilitate the evacuation, if fitted: …

51. POWER TAKE-OFF(S)
51.1. Number of power take-offs: …

51.2. Main power take-off
51.2.1. Position: front/rear/other ( 4 ) (if other specify: …)
51.2.2. Revolutions per minute: … min –1
51.2.2.1. Ratio of power take-off revolutions to that of the engine: …

51.2.3. Optional: Power at the power take-off (PTO) at the rated speed(s) (in accordance with OECD Code 2 ( 57 ) or ISO 789-1:1990 (Agricultural tractors – Test procedures – Part 1: Power tests for power take-off))
Rated speed PTO(min –1 )	Corresponding engine speed(min –1 )	Power(kW)
1-540	…	…
2-1 000	…	…
540E		
1 000E		
51.2.4. Power take-off guard (description, dimensions, drawings, photographs): …

51.3. Secondary power take-off (if any)
51.3.1. Position: front/rear/other (4) (if other specify: …)
51.3.2. Revolutions per minute: …
51.3.2.1. Ratio of power take-off revolutions to that of the engine: …
51.3.3. Optional: Power at the power take-off (PTO) at the rated speed(s) (in accordance with OECD Code 2 ( 57 ) or ISO 789-1:1990 (Agricultural tractors – Test procedures – Part 1: Power tests for power take-off))
Rated speed PTO(min –1 )	Corresponding engine speed(min –1 )	Power(kW)
1-540	…	…
2-1 000	…	…
540E		
1 000E		
51.3.4. Power take-off guard(s) (description, dimensions, drawings, photographs): …

51.4. Rear power take-off
51.4.1. Requirements under standard ISO 500-1:2014 (Agricultural tractors — Rear-mounted power take-off types 1, 2, 3 and 4 — Part 1: General specifications, safety requirements, dimensions for master shield and clearance zone) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
51.4.2. Requirements under standard ISO 500-2:2004 (Agricultural tractors — Rear-mounted power take-off types 1, 2 and 3 — Part 2: Narrow-track tractors, dimensions for master shield and clearance zone) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)

51.5. Front power take-off
51.5.1. Requirements under standard ISO 8759-1:1998 (Agricultural wheeled tractors — Front-mounted equipment — Part 1: Power take-off and three-point linkage), with the exception of its clause 4.2, are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)

52. PROTECTION OF DRIVE COMPONENTS, EXHAUST SYSTEM, GUARDS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES
52.1. Description (including drawings, sketches or photos) of the protection devices with dimensions showing the safety distances for avoiding contact with dangerous parts and the protective devices fitted for protection on dangerous points, at least for the following components:
52.1.1. Control devices: …
52.1.2. Rear three point lifting mechanism: …
52.1.3. Front three point lifting mechanism: …
52.1.4. Driving seat and environment: …
52.1.5. Passenger seat(s) (if any): …
52.1.6. Steering and swing axle: …
52.1.7. Transmission shafts fixed on the tractor: …
52.1.8. Clearance zone around the drive wheels: …
52.1.9. Engine hood: …
52.1.10. Protection against hot surfaces: …
52.1.11. Exhaust system: …
52.1.12. Wheels: …
52.2. Description (including photographs and drawings, if necessary) of the protective devices employed for:
52.2.1. Single surface protection: …
52.2.2. Multi-surface protection: …
52.2.3. Protection by total encapsulation: …
52.2.4. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …
52.3. Requirements under standard EN 15997:2011 (All terrain vehicles (ATVs — Quads). Safety requirements and test methods) on hot surfaces are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
52.4. Description (including drawings, sketches or photos) of the layout and marking of flexible hydraulic hoses: …
52.5. For R-category vehicles with tipping capability, description (including drawings, sketches or photos) of the support devices for service and maintenance: …
52.6. Description and identification (including drawings, sketches or photos) of the greasing points and the means to access them: …

53. SEAT-BELT ANCHORAGES
53.1. Requirements under standard ISO 3776-1:2006 (Tractors and machinery for agriculture — Seat belts — Part 1: Anchorage location requirements) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
53.2. Photographs and/or drawings of the bodywork showing the true, effective location and dimensions of the anchorages: …
53.3. Drawings of the anchorages and the parts of the vehicle structure to which they are attached (together with a statement on the nature of the materials used): …

53.4. Designation of the types of belts (14) authorised for attachment to the anchorages on the vehicles
					Anchorage location	
					Vehicle structure	Seat structure
Driver's seat		Lower anchorages		outboard inboard		
		Upper anchorages				
Passenger seat 1		Lower anchorages		outboard inboard		
		Upper anchorages				
Passenger seat …		Lower anchorages		outboard inboard		
		Upper anchorages				
53.4.1. Observation: …
53.5. Special devices (example: seat-height adjustment, preloading device, etc.): …
53.6. Description of a particular type of safety belt where an anchorage is located in the seat backrest or incorporates an energy dissipating device: …

53.7. Alternative to entries 53.2 to 53.6.
53.7.1. Requirements under standard ISO 3776-2:2013 (Tractors and machinery for agriculture — Seat belts — Part 2: Anchorage strength requirements) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
53.7.2. Test report granted a on the basis of UNECE Regulation No 14 (OJ L 109, 28.4.2011, p. 1) with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
53.7.3. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (dynamic test), OECD Code 3 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
53.7.4. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry track-laying tractors, OECD Code 8 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
53.7.5. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (static test), OECD Code 4 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
53.7.6. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of front mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 6 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
53.7.7 Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of rear mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 7 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)

54. SAFETY BELTS
54.1. Requirements under standard ISO 3776-3:2009 (Tractors and machinery for agriculture — Seat belts — Part 3: Requirements for assemblies) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
54.2. Test report granted a on the basis of UNECE Regulation No 16 (OJ L 233, 9.9.2011, p. 1) with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
54.3. Number and position of safety belts and seats on which they can be used, please fill out table below:

Safety belt configuration and associated information
			Complete EU type-approval mark / ECE type-approval mark	Variant, if applicable	Belt adjustment device for height (indicate yes/no/optional)
Driver's seat		L			
		C			
		R			
Passenger seat 1		L			
		C			
		R			
Passenger seat …		L			
		C			
		R			
L = left, C = centre, R = right					
54.4. Brief description of electrical/electronic components: …

55. PROTECTION AGAINST PENETRATING OBJECTS (OPS)

55.1. T- and C-category vehicles equipped for forestry applications
55.1.1. Requirements under ISO 8084:2003 (Machinery for forestry — Operator protective structures — Laboratory tests and performance requirements) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

55.2. All other T- and C-category vehicles fitted with OPS
55.2.1. Requirements under Annex 14 to UNECE Regulation 43 (OJ L 230, 31.8.2010, p. 119) on safety glazing are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

56. OPERATOR'S MANUAL, INFORMATION WARNINGS AND MARKINGS

56.1. Operator's manual
56.1.1. Requirements under ISO 3600:1996 (Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment — Operator's manuals — Content and presentation), with the exception of section 4.3 (Machine identification), are met: yes/no (4)
56.1.2. Information requested under Annex XXII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 is provided in the operator's manual: yes/no (4)

56.2. Information, warnings and markings
56.2.1. Requirements under ISO 3767 Parts 1 (1998+A2:2012) (Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and other displays — Part 1: Common symbols) and, if applicable, Part 2 (:2008) (Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and other displays — Part 2: Symbols for agricultural tractors and machinery) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
56.2.2. Alternatively to entry 56.2.1, requirements under UNECE Regulation No 60 (OJ L 95, 31.3.2004, p. 10) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
56.2.3. Requirements under ISO 11684:1995 (Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment — Safety signs and hazard pictorials — General principles) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
56.2.4. Requirements under ISO 7010:2011 (Graphical symbols — Safety colours and safety signs — Registered safety signs) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
56.3. Description, colour coding and means for the identification of flow directions of hydraulic couplings (including drawings, sketches or photos): …
56.4. Description, colour coding and means of identification of safe jacking points (including drawings, sketches or photos): …

57. DRIVER-OPERATED CONTROL DEVICES INCLUDING IDENTIFICATION OF CONTROL DEVICES, TELL-TALES AND INDICATORS
57.1. Photographs and/or drawings of the arrangement of symbols and controls, tell-tales and indicators:
57.2. Controls, tell-tales and indicators for which, when fitted, identification is mandatory, and symbols to be used for that purpose
Symbol No	Device	Control / indicator available x yes – no or not separately available o optional.	Identified by symbol	Where d directly on control, indicator or tell-tale c in close vicinity.	Tell-tale available	Identified by symbol	Where
1	Dipped-beam head lamps						
2	Main-beam head lamps						
3	Position (side) lamps						
4	Front fog lamps						
5	Rear fog lamp						
6	Headlamp levelling device						
7	Parking lamps						
8	Direction indicators						
9	Hazard warning						
10	Windscreen wiper						
11	Windscreen washer						
12	Windscreen wiper and washer						
13	Headlamp cleaning device						
14	Windscreen demisting and defrosting						
15	Rear window demisting and defrosting						
16	Ventilating fan						
17	Diesel pre-heat						
18	Choke						
19	Brake failure						
20	Fuel level						
21	Battery charging condition						
22	Engine coolant temperature						
23	Malfunction indicator light (MI)						
57.3. Controls, tell-tales and indicators for which, when fitted, identification is optional, and symbols which shall be used if they are to be identified
Symbol No	Device	Control / indicator available x yes – no or not separately available o optional.	Identified by symbol	Where d directly on control, indicator or tell-tale c in close vicinity.	Tell-tale available	Identified by symbol	Where
1	Parking brake						
2	Rear window wiper						
3	Rear window washer						
4	Rear window wiper and washer						
5	Intermittent windscreen wiper						
6	Audible warning device						
7	Hood						
8	Seat belt						
9	Engine oil pressure						
10	Unleaded petrol						
11	…						
12	….						
							
57.4. Brief description and schematic drawing of the locations, displacement, methods of operation and colour coding of the various control devices in the interior of the vehicle and showing for tractors without enclosed cab, how the accessibility to internal control devices from the ground has been avoided: …
57.5. Brief description and schematic drawing of the locations, displacement, methods of operation and colour coding of the various control devices in the exterior of the vehicle and indicating the front and the rear hazard zones in accordance with Appendix 1 of Annex XXIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014: …
57.6. Requirements under Annexes A and C of standard ISO 15077:2008 (Tractors and self-propelled machinery for agriculture – Operator controls – Actuating forces, displacement, location and method of operation) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no ( 4 )
57.7. Requirements under paragraph 4.5.3 of standard ISO 4254-1:2013 (Agricultural machinery – Safety – Part 1: General requirements), with the exception of fingertip operation control devices, are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no ( 4 )
57.8. Requirements under standard EN 15997:2011 (All terrain vehicles (ATVs - Quads). Safety requirements and test methods) on throttle control and manual clutch control are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable ( 4 )
57.9. For vehicles of T- and C-category, requirements under standard ISO 10975:2009 (Tractors and machinery for agriculture – Auto-guidance systems for operator-controlled tractors and self-propelled machines – Safety requirements) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable ( 4 )

58. PROTECTION AGAINST HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
58.1. Brief description (including drawings and photographs) of the air delivery and filtration system, including the devices to obtain a positive differential within the cab and the air flow of fresh filtered air: …
58.2. Requirements under standard EN 15695-1 (Agricultural tractors and self-propelled sprayers — Protection of the operator (driver) against hazardous substances — Part 1: Cab classification, requirements and test procedures): category 1/category 2/category 3 category 4 (4) on cab classification with regard to protection against hazardous substances are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
58.3. Requirements under standard EN 15695-2 (Agricultural tractors and self-propelled sprayers — Protection of the operator (driver) against hazardous substances — Part 2: Filters, requirements and test procedures): Dust filter/Aerosol filter/Vapour filter (4) on filters with regard to protection against hazardous substances are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

59. FOR T- AND C-CATEGORY VEHICLES, MACHINERY (63) MOUNTED ON THE VEHICLE
59.1. General description of the machinery and its inter-action with the vehicle: …
59.2. Overall drawing of the machinery and drawings of the control circuits, as well as the pertinent descriptions and explanations necessary for understanding the operation of the machinery: …
Appendix 1

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of an engine/engine family system

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

2.5. Additional general information for engines
2.5.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.5.4. Additional marks for engines
2.5.4.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.4.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5. GENERAL POWERTRAIN CHARACTERISTICS

5.1. Maximum vehicle speed

5.1.1. Forward maximum vehicle speed
5.1.1.1. Declared maximum design vehicle speed: … km/h
5.1.1.2. Calculated maximum design vehicle speed in top gear (show factors used in calculation) (41): … km/h
5.1.1.3. Measured maximum vehicle speed: … km/h (41)

5.1.2. Rearward maximum vehicle speed (54)
5.1.2.1. Declared rearward maximum design vehicle speed: … km/h
5.1.2.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B. INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION PERFORMANCE

6. ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENGINE
6.1.7. Category and sub-category of the engine ( 7 ):
6.2.1. Combustion Cycle: four stroke cycle/two stroke cycle/rotary/other (specify) ( 4 ): …
6.2.2. Ignition Type: Compression ignition/spark ignition ( 4 )
6.2.3.1. Cylinders' number: … and configuration ( 26 ):

6.2.8. Fuel
6.2.8.1. Fuel Type ( 9 ):
6.2.8.3. List of additional fuels, fuel mixtures or emulsions compatible with use by the engine declared by the manufacturer in accordance with point 1.4 of Annex I to Delegated Regulation (EU) 2017/654 (provide reference to recognised standard or specification): …
6.3.2.1. Declared rated speed: … rpm
6.3.2.1.2. Declared rated net power: … kW
6.3.2.2. Maximum power speed: … rpm
6.3.2.2.2. Maximum net power: … kW
6.3.6.4. Engine total swept volume: … cm 3
Appendix 2

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an external sound level system

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

2.5. Additional general information for engines
2.5.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.5.4. Additional marks for engines
2.5.4.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.4.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5. GENERAL POWERTRAIN CHARACTERISTICS

5.1. Maximum vehicle speed

5.1.1. Forward maximum vehicle speed
5.1.1.1. Declared maximum design vehicle speed: … km/h
5.1.1.2. Calculated maximum design vehicle speed in top gear (show factors used in calculation) (41): … km/h
5.1.1.3. Measured maximum vehicle speed: … km/h (41)

5.1.2. Rearward maximum vehicle speed (54)
5.1.2.1. Declared rearward maximum design vehicle speed: … km/h
5.1.2.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6. ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENGINE
6.1.7. Category and sub-category of the engine ( 7 ):
6.2.1. Combustion Cycle: four stroke cycle/two stroke cycle/rotary/other (specify) ( 4 ): …
6.2.2. Ignition Type: Compression ignition/spark ignition ( 4 )
6.2.3.1. Cylinders' number: … and configuration ( 26 ):
6.3.2.1. Declared rated speed: … rpm
6.3.2.1.2. Declared rated net power: … kW
6.3.2.2. Maximum power speed: … rpm
6.3.2.2.2. Maximum net power: … kW
6.3.6.4. Engine total swept volume: … cm 3

10. EXTERNAL SOUND LEVEL

10.1. External sound level declared by the manufacturer
10.1.1. Moving: … dB(A)
10.1.2 Stationary: … dB(A)
10.1.3. At engine speed: … min–1
10.2. Brief description and schematic drawing of exhaust system (including the air intake system, the devices for noise and tailpipe emission control):

10.3. Air-intake system
10.3.1. Intake manifold description (include drawings and/or photos) (10):

10.3.2. Air filter
10.3.2.1. Photographs and/or drawings:
10.3.2.2. Make:
10.3.2.3. Type:

10.3.3. Intake silencer
10.3.3.1. Photographs and/or drawings:
10.3.3.2. Make:
10.3.3.3. Type:

10.4. Exhaust system
10.4.1. Description and/or drawing of the exhaust manifold (10):
10.4.2. Description and/or drawing of the elements of the exhaust system that are not part of the engine system:
10.4.3. Maximum allowable exhaust back pressure at rated engine speed and at 100 % load: … kPa
10.4.4. Type, marking of the exhaust noise-abatement device(s):
10.4.4.1. Exhaust noise-abatement device containing fibrous materials: yes/no ( 4 ):
10.4.5. Exhaust system volume: … dm3
10.4.6. Location of the exhaust outlet:
10.4.7. Additional noise-reducing measures in the engine compartment and on the engine for external noise (if any):
10.5. Details of any non-engine related devices designed to reduce noise (if not covered by other items):

11. DRIVE-TRAIN AND CONTROL ( 13 )
11.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of the vehicle drive-train and its control system (transmission ratio change system, clutch control or any other element of drive-train): …

11.2. Transmission
11.2.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of transmission ratio change system(s) and its control: …
11.2.2. Diagram and or drawing of the power transmission: …
11.2.3. Type of power transmission: Gear (including planetary gear sets) / belt / hydrostatic / electric / other ( 4 ) (if other, specify: …)
11.2.4. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …
11.2.5. Location relative to the engine: …
11.2.6. Method of control: …
11.2.7. Transfer box: with/without ( 4 )
11.2.8. Type of transmission ratio change system: Mechanical (gear change) / Double clutch (gear change) / Semi-automatic (gear change) / Automatic (gear change) / Continuously Variable Transmission/ hydrostatic / not applicable / other ( 4 ) (if other, specify: …)

11.3. Clutch (if any)
11.3.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of the clutch and its control system:
11.3.2. Maximum torque conversion:

11.4. Gear ratios
Gear	Internal gearbox ratios (ratios of engine to gearbox output shaft revolutions)	Internal transfer box ratios (ratios of engine to transfer box output shaft revolutions)	Final drive ratio(s) (ratio of gearbox output shaft to driven wheel revolutions)	Total gear ratios	Ratio (engine speed/vehicle speed) for manual transmission only
Maximum for CVT Continuously variable transmission 1 2 3 … Minimum for CVT Reverse 1 …					
Appendix 3

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of an engine/engine family as a component/STU

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) ( 19 ): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

2.5. Additional general information for engines
2.5.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.5.4. Additional marks for engines
2.5.4.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.4.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5. GENERAL POWERTRAIN CHARACTERISTICS
5.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B. INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION PERFORMANCE

6. ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENGINE
6.1.7. Category and sub-category of the engine ( 7 ):
6.2.1. Combustion Cycle: four stroke cycle/two stroke cycle/rotary/other (specify) ( 4 ): …
6.2.2. Ignition Type: Compression ignition/spark ignition ( 4 )
6.2.3.1. Cylinders' number: … and configuration ( 26 ):

6.2.8. Fuel
6.2.8.1. Fuel Type ( 9 ): …
6.2.8.3. List of additional fuels, fuel mixtures or emulsions compatible with use by the engine declared by the manufacturer in accordance with point 1.4 of Annex I to Delegated Regulation (EU) 2017/654 (provide reference to recognised standard or specification): …
6.3.2.1. Declared rated speed: … rpm
6.3.2.1.2. Declared rated net power: … kW
6.3.2.2. Maximum power speed: … rpm
6.3.2.2.2. Maximum net power: … kW
6.3.6.4. Engine total swept volume: … cm 3
Appendix 4

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a driver information system

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

20. DRIVER INFORMATION SYSTEMS
20.1. Requirements under ISO 15077:2008 (Tractors and self-propelled machinery for agriculture — Operator controls — Actuating forces, displacement, location and method of operation) Annex B on operator controls associated with virtual terminals are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
Appendix 5

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of lighting and light-signalling devices system

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

3. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS
3.1. Photographs or drawings of a representative version of the vehicle: …
3.2. Scale and dimensioned drawing of the whole vehicle: …

21. INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING, LIGHT-SIGNALLING DEVICES, INCLUDING AUTOMATIC SWITCHING OF LIGHTING
21.1. List of all devices (mentioning the number, make(s),type, component type-approval mark(s), the maximum intensity of the main-beam headlamps, colour, the corresponding tell-tale); the list may include several types of device for each function; in addition, the list may include in respect of each function the additional annotation ‘or equivalent devices’: …
21.2. A diagram of the lighting and signalling installation as a whole, showing the position of the various devices on the vehicle: …
21.3. Dimensioned sketches of the exterior of the vehicle showing the location of the lighting and light-signalling devices, number and colour of lights: …
21.4. For every lamp and reflector, supply the following information:
21.4.1. Drawing showing the extent of the illuminating surface: …
21.4.2. Method used to define the apparent surface: …
21.4.3. Axis of reference and centre of reference: …
21.4.4. Method of operation of concealable lamps: …
21.5. Description/drawing and type of headlamp levelling device (e.g. automatic, stepwise manually adjustable, continuously manually adjustable) (4): …
21.5.1. Control device: …
21.5.2. Reference marks: …
21.5.3. Marks assigned for loading conditions: …
21.6. For R- and S-category vehicles, description of the power connection for lighting and light-signalling devices: …
21.7. Brief description of the electrical and/or electronic components used in the lighting system and in the light-signalling system: …
Appendix 6

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an electro-magnetic compatibility system

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

24. ELECTRO-MAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)
24.1. Schedule describing all projected combinations of relevant vehicle electrical/electronic systems or ESAs, body styles (60), variations in body material, general wiring arrangements, engine variations, left-hand/right-hand drive versions and wheelbase versions: …
24.2. Requirements under UNECE Regulation No 10 (OJ L 254, 20.9.2012, p. 1) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
24.3. Requirements under ISO 14982:1998 (Agricultural and forestry machinery — Electromagnetic compatibility — Test methods and acceptance criteria) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
24.4. Alternatively to entry 24.2 or entry 24.3, provide the following information:
24.4.1. Description and drawings/photographs of the shapes and constituent materials of the part of the body forming the engine compartment and adjacent parts of the passenger compartment: …
24.4.2. Drawings or photographs of the position of the metal components housed in the engine compartment (e.g. heating appliances, spare wheel, air filter, steering mechanism, etc.): …
24.4.3. Table or drawing of radio-interference control equipment: …
24.4.4. Particulars of the nominal value of the direct-current resistance, and, in the case of resistive ignition cables, of their nominal resistance per metre: …
Appendix 7

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of audible warning device(s) system

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

25. AUDIBLE WARNING DEVICE(S)
25.1. Component type-approval for an audible warning device granted according to the requirements for N-category vehicles in the UNECE Regulation No 28 (OJ L 323, 6.12.2011, p. 33), with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
25.2. Summary description of device(s) used: …
25.3. Drawing(s) showing the location of the audible warning device(s) in relation to the structure of the vehicle: …
25.4. Details of the method of attachment, including the part of the vehicle structure to which the audible warning device(s) is (are) attached: …
25.5. Electrical/pneumatic circuit diagram: …
25.5.1. Voltage: AC/DC (4)
25.5.2. Rated voltage or air pressure: … V / kPa ( 4 )
25.6. Drawing of the mounting device: …
Appendix 8

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) the installation of rear-view mirrors as a system

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

18. REAR-VIEW MIRRORS
18.1. Number and class(es) of the mirrors: …
18.2. Requirements under UNECE Regulation No 46 (OJ L 177, 10.7.2010, p. 211) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
18.3. Requirements under UNECE Regulation No 81 (OJ L 185, 13.7.2012, p. 1) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
18.4. Drawing(s) for the identification of the mirror showing the position of the mirror relative to the vehicle structure: …
18.5. Details of the method of attachment including that part of the vehicle structure to which it is attached: …
18.6. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components of the adjustment system: …
18.7 Technical description of the defrosting and demisting system of the mirrors: …
18.8. Optional equipment that might restrict the field of vision to the rear: …

18.9. Field of vision for rear view mirror(s) of class II
18.9.1. Complies with point 5.1 of Annex IX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208: yes/no (4).
18.9.2. Alternatively to entry 18.9.1, requirements under ISO 5721-2:2014 (Agricultural tractors — Requirements, test procedures and acceptance criteria for the operators field of vision — Part 2: Field of vision to the side and to the rear) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4).

19. DEVICES FOR INDIRECT VISION OTHER THAN MIRRORS (OPTIONAL)
19.1. Type and characteristics (such as a complete description of the device): …
19.2. In the case of a camera-monitor device, the detection distance (mm), contrast, luminance range, glare correction, display performance (black and white/colour (4)), image repetition frequency, luminance reach of the monitor (4): …
19.3. Sufficiently detailed drawings to identify the complete device, including installation instructions: …
19.4. Requirements under ISO 5721-2:2014 (Agricultural tractors — Requirements, test procedures and acceptance criteria for the operators field of vision — Part 2: Field of vision to the side and to the rear) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
Appendix 9

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of a crawler undercarriage system

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

3. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS
3.1. Photographs or drawings of a representative version of the vehicle: …
3.2. Scale and dimensioned drawing of the whole vehicle: …
3.3. Axles and wheels:
3.3.1. Number of axles and wheels: …
3.3.2. Number and position of axles with twinned wheels (23): …
3.3.3. Number and position of steered axles (23): …
3.3.4. Number and position of powered axles (23): …
3.3.5. Number and position of braked axles (23): …

3.4. For C-category vehicles
3.4.1. Crawler undercarriage configuration: set of track trains at front/set of track trains at rear/set of track trains at front and set of track trains at rear/continuous track train at each side of the vehicle (4)
3.4.2. Number and position of powered set of track trains (22): …
3.4.3. Number and position of braked set of track trains (22): …

3.4.4. Steering for C-category vehicles
3.4.4.1. Steering by changing the speed between the left-hand side and right-hand side track trains: yes/no/not applicable (4)
3.4.4.2. Steering by pivoting of two opposite or all four track trains: yes/no/not applicable (4)
3.4.4.3. Steering by articulation of the front and rear part of the vehicle around a central vertical axis: yes/no/not applicable (4)
3.4.4.4. Steering by articulation of the front and rear part of the vehicle around a central vertical axis and by changing the direction of the wheels on the wheeled axle: yes/no/not applicable (4)

3.5. Chassis
3.5.1. Chassis overall drawing: …
3.5.2. Type of chassis for categories T and C: backbone/central tube/ladder/articulated/chassis with side members/other (4) (if other: specify: …)

4. MASSES AND DIMENSIONS
(in kg and mm) (Refer to drawings where applicable)

4.1 Range of vehicle mass (overall)

4.1.1. Unladen mass
4.1.1.1. Unladen mass(es) in running order (13):
4.1.1.1.1. Maximum: … kg (30)
4.1.1.1.2. Minimum: … kg (30)
4.1.1.1.3. Distribution of this (these) mass(es) among the axles: … kg
4.1.1.1.4. In the case of a rigid drawbar or centre-axle R- or S-category vehicle indicate the vertical load on the coupling point (S): … kg

4.1.2. Maximum mass(es), as declared by the manufacturer
4.1.2.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass(es) of the vehicle (13): … kg
4.1.2.1.1 Technically permissible maximum mass(es) per axle: Axle 1 … kg Axle 2 … kg Axle …:… kg
4.1.2.1.2. In the case of a rigid drawbar or centre-axle R- or S-category vehicle indicate the vertical load on the front coupling point (S): … kg
4.1.2.1.3. Limits on the distribution of this (these) mass(es) among the axles (specify the minimum limits in percentages on the front axle and on the rear axle): … %

4.1.2.2. Mass(es) and tyre(s)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.1.2.3. Mass(es) and crawler undercarriage
Set of track trains No	Track dimensions		Average contact pressure on the ground [kPa]	Maximum load per track roller [kg] according to the track roller specification.	Maximum permissible mass per set of track trains [kg]	Maximum permissible mass of the vehicle [kg]	Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point [kg] Load transmitted to the reference centre of the coupling under static conditions, irrespective to the coupling device; if the maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point depending on the coupling is indicated in this table, expand the table at the right side and indicate the identification of the coupling device in the header of the column.
	length [mm]	width [mm]					
1	…		…	…	…	…	…
2	…		…	…	…	…	…
…	…		…	…	…	…	…
4.1.2.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.3. Technically permissible towable mass(es) for T- or C-category vehicles for each chassis/ braking configuration of the R- or S-category vehicle (for R- and S-category vehicles, indicate the maximum permissible load(s) on the rear coupling point):
R- and S category vehicleBrake	Drawbar	Rigid drawbar	Centre-axle
Unbraked Calculated using the partially laden condition defined by the tractor manufacturer in agreement with the technical service set out in point 3.1.1.2 of Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68.	… kg	… kg	… kg
Inertia-braked	… kg	… kg	… kg
Hydraulic braked	… kg	… kg	… kg
Pneumatic braked	… kg	… kg	… kg
4.1.4. Total technically permissible mass(es) of the tractor (T- or C-category vehicle) and towed vehicle (R- or S-category vehicle) combination for each chassis/braking configuration of the R- or S-category vehicle:
R- and S category vehicleBrake	Drawbar	Rigid drawbar	Centre-axle
Unbraked	… kg	… kg	… kg
Inertia-braked	… kg	… kg	… kg
Hydraulic braked	… kg	… kg	… kg
Pneumatic braked	… kg	… kg	… kg
4.1.5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.5.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.5.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.5.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

37. CRAWLER UNDERCARRIAGE
(provide also entry 4.1.2.3)
37.1. Photographs and dimensioned drawings of the arrangement of the crawler undercarriage and its installation on the vehicle (including the elements inside of track belts to ensure that the track belt is guided over the rollers and the track pattern in the outside): …
37.2. Type of material in contact with the surface: rubber tracks/steel tracks/rubber pads on the track shoes (4)

37.3. Metallic tracks
37.3.1. Number of track rollers directly transferring load onto the road surface (NR): …
37.3.2. Outer surface area of each pad (AP): … mm2

37.4. Rubber tracks
37.4.1. Total surface area of rubber lugs in contact with the road (AL): … mm2
37.4.2. Percentage of lug area versus the total surface of the belt: … %
Appendix 10

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of electro-magnetic compatibility of electrical/electronic sub-assemblies as a component/STU

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) ( 19 ):…
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

24. ELECTRO-MAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)
24.1. Schedule describing all projected combinations of relevant vehicle electrical/electronic systems or ESAs, body styles ( 60 ), variations in body material, general wiring arrangements, engine variations, left-hand/right-hand drive versions and wheelbase versions:…
24.2. Requirements under UNECE Regulation No 10 (OJ L 254, 20.9.2012, p. 1) are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
24.3. Requirements under ISO 14982:1998 (Agricultural and forestry machinery — Electromagnetic compatibility — Test methods and acceptance criteria) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
24.4. Alternatively to entry 24.2 or entry 24.3, provide the following information:
24.4.1. Description and drawings/photographs of the shapes and constituent materials of the part of the body forming the engine compartment and adjacent parts of the passenger compartment: …
24.4.2. Drawings or photographs of the position of the metal components housed in the engine compartment (e.g. heating appliances, spare wheel, air filter, steering mechanism, etc.): …
24.4.3. Table or drawing of radio-interference control equipment: …
24.4.4. Particulars of the nominal value of the direct-current resistance, and, in the case of resistive ignition cables, of their nominal resistance per metre: …
Appendix 11

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of ballast masses as a component/STU

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) ( 19 ): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

29. BALLAST MASSES
29.1. Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings with dimensions) of the ballast masses and how they are mounted on the tractor:
29.2. Number of sets of ballast masses: …
29.2.1. Number of components on each set: Set 1: … Set 2:… Set …:…
29.3. Mass of the components on each set: Set 1: ….kg Set 2: …kg Set … kg
29.3.1. Total mass of each set: Set 1: …kg … Set 2: … kg Set … kg
29.4. Total mass of ballast masses: …kg
29.4.1. Distribution of these masses among the axles: … kg
29.5. Material(s) and method of construction: …
Appendix 12

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a lateral and/or rear protective structure as a component/STU

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) ( 19 ): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

32. LATERAL AND REAR PROTECTION

32.1. Lateral protection
32.1.5. In the case of lateral protection device(s), full description and/or drawing of such device(s) (including mountings and fittings): …
32.1.5.1. Materials used: …
32.1.5.2. Complete details of fittings required and full instructions, including torque requirements, for fitting: …
32.1.6. Requirements under points 2 and 3 and Parts I, II and III of UNECE Regulation No 73 (OJ L 122, 8.5.2012, p. 1) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

32.2. Rear protective structure
32.2.4. In case of a special device, full description and/or drawing of the rear protective structure (including mountings and fittings), or, if approved as separate technical unit, type-approval number: …
32.2.4.1. Materials used: …
32.2.4.2. Complete details of fittings required and full instructions, including torque requirements, for fitting: …
Appendix 13

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a tyre as a component

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) ( 19 ): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …

35. TYRES
35.8. Tyre size designation: …
35.9. Type of vehicle(s) for which is intended for: tractor (T- and C-category vehicles)/trailer (R-category vehicles)/interchangeable towed equipment (S-category vehicles) (4)
35.10. Tyre construction: diagonal (bias-ply)/bias belted/radial for construction applications (4)
35.11. Photographs and drawing of the mould's sidewall: …

35.12. Load capacity index and speed category symbol …
35.12.1. For T- and C-category vehicles: …
35.12.2. For R-category vehicles: …
35.12.3. For S-category vehicles: …
35.13. Rolling resistance in accordance with ISO 28580:2009 (Passenger car, truck and bus tyres — Methods of measuring rolling resistance — Single point test and correlation of measurement results) (where applicable): …
35.14. Service for which is intended: drive wheel/free rolling wheel/both (4)
35.15. Tyre designed for use without an inner tube (tubeless): yes/no (4)
35.16. Inflation pressure for bead seating during tyre mounting less than: … kPa.
Appendix 14

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a mechanical coupling as a component/STU

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) ( 19 ): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

38. MECHANICAL COUPLINGS
38.1. Photographs and dimensional drawings of the mechanical coupling, its installation on the vehicle and its coupling with the device installed on the towed vehicle: …
38.1.1. Rear mechanical coupling: yes/no (4)
38.1.2. Front coupling device (for R- and S-category vehicles): yes/no (4)

38.2. Short technical description of the mechanical coupling specifying the type of construction and the material used
38.5. Description of the mechanical coupling:
Type (according to Appendix 1 of Annex XXXIV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208):	…
Make:	…
Manufacturer’s type designation:	…
Maximum horizontal load/D-Value ( 4 ) ( 44 ):	… kg/kN ( 4 )
Towable mass (T) ( 4 ) ( 44 ):	… tonnes
Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point (S) ( 44 ):	… kg
Photographs and scale drawings of the coupling device. These drawings shall in particular show the required dimensions in detail as well as the measurements for mounting the device.	
Short technical description of the coupling device specifying the type of construction and the material used.	
Type of Test	Static/Dynamic ( 4 )
(EU) type-approval mark or -number of — drawbar eyes, coupling heads or similar coupling devices that shall be attached to the mechanical coupling (in the case of hinged or rigid drawbars) — type-approval mark or –number of mechanical couplings that shall be attached to the ladder frame /trailer hitch support (if restricted to certain types):’;	…
38.6. Component type-approval for a mechanical coupling granted under UNECE Regulation No 55 (OJ L 227, 28.8.2010, p. 1), with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
Appendix 15

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a braking system

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

3. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS
3.1. Photographs or drawings of a representative version of the vehicle: …
3.2. Scale and dimensioned drawing of the whole vehicle: …
3.3. Axles and wheels:
3.3.1. Number of axles and wheels: …
3.3.2. Number and position of axles with twinned wheels (23): …
3.3.3. Number and position of steered axles (23): …
3.3.4. Number and position of powered axles (23): …
3.3.5. Number and position of braked axles (23): …

3.4. For C-category vehicles
3.4.1. Crawler undercarriage configuration: set of track trains at front/set of track trains at rear/set of track trains at front and set of track trains at rear/continuous track train at each side of the vehicle (4)
3.4.2. Number and position of powered set of track trains (22): …
3.4.3. Number and position of braked set of track trains (22): …

3.4.4. Steering for C-category vehicles
3.4.4.1. Steering by changing the speed between the left-hand side and right-hand side track trains: yes/no/not applicable (4)
3.4.4.2. Steering by pivoting of two opposite or all four track trains: yes/no/not applicable (4)
3.4.4.3. Steering by articulation of the front and rear part of the vehicle around a central vertical axis: yes/no/not applicable (4)
3.4.4.4. Steering by articulation of the front and rear part of the vehicle around a central vertical axis and by changing the direction of the wheels on the wheeled axle: yes/no/not applicable (4)

3.5. Chassis
3.5.1. Chassis overall drawing: …
3.5.2. Type of chassis for categories T and C: backbone/central tube/ladder/articulated/chassis with side members/other (4) (if other: specify: …)
3.5.3. Type of chassis for categories R and S: drawbar/rigid drawbar/centre-axle/other (4) (if other: specify: …)
3.12. For R- and S-category vehicles, type of braking: unbraked/inertia-braked/continuous braked/semi-continuous braked/hydraulic braked/pneumatic braked (4)

4. MASSES AND DIMENSIONS
(in kg and mm) (Refer to drawings where applicable)

4.1 Range of vehicle mass (overall)

4.1.1. Unladen mass
4.1.1.1. Unladen mass(es) in running order (13):
4.1.1.1.1. Maximum: … kg (30)
4.1.1.1.2. Minimum: … kg (30)
4.1.1.1.3. Distribution of this (these) mass(es) among the axles: … kg
4.1.1.1.4. In the case of a rigid drawbar or centre-axle R- or S-category vehicle indicate the vertical load on the coupling point (S): … kg

4.1.2. Maximum mass(es), as declared by the manufacturer
4.1.2.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass(es) of the vehicle (13): … kg
4.1.2.1.1 Technically permissible maximum mass(es) per axle: Axle 1 … kg Axle 2 … kg Axle …: … kg
4.1.2.1.2. In the case of a rigid drawbar or centre-axle R- or S-category vehicle indicate the vertical load on the front coupling point (S): … kg
4.1.2.1.3. Limits on the distribution of this (these) mass(es) among the axles (specify the minimum limits in percentages on the front axle and on the rear axle): … %
4.1.2.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.3. Technically permissible towable mass(es) for T- or C-category vehicles for each chassis/ braking configuration of the R- or S-category vehicle (for R- and S-category vehicles, indicate the maximum permissible load(s) on the rear coupling point):
R- and S category vehicleBrake	Drawbar	Rigid drawbar	Centre-axle
Unbraked Calculated using the partially laden condition defined by the tractor manufacturer in agreement with the technical service set out in point 3.1.1.2 of Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68.	… kg	… kg	… kg
Inertia-braked	… kg	… kg	… kg
Hydraulic braked	… kg	… kg	… kg
Pneumatic braked	… kg	… kg	… kg
4.1.4. Total technically permissible mass(es) of the tractor (T- or C-category vehicle) and towed vehicle (R- or S-category vehicle) combination for each chassis/braking configuration of the R- or S-category vehicle:
R- and S category vehicleBrake	Drawbar	Rigid drawbar	Centre-axle
Unbraked	… kg	… kg	… kg
Inertia-braked	… kg	… kg	… kg
Hydraulic braked	… kg	… kg	… kg
Pneumatic braked	… kg	… kg	… kg
4.1.5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.2. Range of vehicle dimensions (overall)
4.2.2.5. Wheelbase (37): … mm
4.2.2.6. Distance(s) between consecutive axles 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm, 3-4: … mm, etc.
4.2.2.7. For rigid draw bar and centre axle R- and S-category vehicles:
4.2.2.7.1. Distance between the coupling point and the first axle: … mm
4.2.2.7.2. Distance between the coupling point and the last axle: … mm
4.2.2.8. Maximum and minimum width of track of each axle (measured between the symmetry planes of the single or twin tyres or of the tyres in triple formation normally fitted) (to be stated by the manufacturer) (38):
4.2.2.8.1. Maximum: Axle 1 … mm Axle 2 … mm Axle …: … mm
4.2.2.8.2. Minimum: Axle 1 … mm Axle 2 … mm Axle …: … mm
4.2.2.9. Position of centre of gravity of the vehicle in the longitudinal, transverse and vertical direction: …
4.2.2.9.1. For T2-, T4.1-, T4.3-categories and C2-, C4.1-, C4.3-categories, height of the centre of gravity, measured in relation to the ground using the tyres normally fitted on the vehicle: … mm
4.2.2.9.1.1. For T2-and C2-categories, indicate the ratio between entry 4.2.2.9.1 and the average minimum track for each axle: Axle 1 … Axle 2 … Axle …: …
4.2.2.9.1.2. For T4.1-and C4.1-categories, indicate the ratio between entry 4.2.2.9.1 and the average minimum track of all of the axles: …

5. GENERAL POWERTRAIN CHARACTERISTICS

5.1. Maximum vehicle speed

5.1.1. Forward maximum vehicle speed
5.1.1.1. Declared maximum design vehicle speed: … km/h
5.1.1.2. Calculated maximum design vehicle speed in top gear (show factors used in calculation) (41): … km/h
5.1.1.3. Measured maximum vehicle speed: … km/h (41)

5.1.2. Rearward maximum vehicle speed (54)
5.1.2.1. Declared rearward maximum design vehicle speed: … km/h
5.1.2.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B. INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION PERFORMANCE

6. ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENGINE
6.1.7. Category and sub-category of the engine ( 7 ): …
6.2.1. Combustion Cycle: four stroke cycle/two stroke cycle/rotary/other (specify) ( 4 ): …
6.2.2. Ignition Type: Compression ignition/spark ignition ( 4 )
6.2.3.1. Cylinders' number: … and configuration ( 26 ):
6.3.2.1. Declared rated speed: … rpm
6.3.2.1.2. Declared rated net power: … kW
6.3.2.2. Maximum power speed: … rpm
6.3.2.2.2. Maximum net power: … kW
6.3.6.4. Engine total swept volume: … cm 3

9. ENERGY STORAGE DEVICE(S) ( 11 )
9.1. Description: battery/capacitor/flywheel/generator ( 4 )
9.2. Identification number: …
9.3. Kind of electrochemical couple: …
9.4. Energy stored
9.4.1. For battery, voltage: … and capacity: … Ah in 2h
9.4.2. For capacitor: … J
9.4.3. For flywheel/generator(4): … J
9.4.3.1. Flywheel moment of inertia: … kg m 2
9.4.3.1.1. Additional moment of inertia if no gear is engaged: … kg m 2
9.5. Charger: on-board/external/without ( 4 )

11. DRIVE-TRAIN AND CONTROL ( 13 )
11.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of the vehicle drive-train and its control system (transmission ratio change system, clutch control or any other element of drive-train): …

11.2. Transmission
11.2.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of transmission ratio change system(s) and its control: …
11.2.2. Diagram and or drawing of the power transmission: …
11.2.3. Type of power transmission: Gear (including planetary gear sets) / belt / hydrostatic / electric / other ( 4 ) (if other, specify: …)
11.2.4. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …
11.2.5. Location relative to the engine: …
11.2.6. Method of control: …
11.2.7. Transfer box: with/without ( 4 )
11.2.8. Type of transmission ratio change system: Mechanical (gear change) / Double clutch (gear change) / Semi-automatic (gear change) / Automatic (gear change) / Continuously Variable Transmission/ hydrostatic / not applicable / other ( 4 ) (if other, specify: …)

11.3. Clutch (if any)
11.3.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of the clutch and its control system:
11.3.2. Maximum torque conversion: …

11.4. Gear ratios
Gear	Internal gearbox ratios (ratios of engine to gearbox output shaft revolutions)	Internal transfer box ratios (ratios of engine to transfer box output shaft revolutions)	Final drive ratio(s) (ratio of gearbox output shaft to driven wheel revolutions)	Total gear ratios	Ratio (engine speed/vehicle speed) for manual transmission only
Maximum for CVT Continuously variable transmission 1 2 3					
Minimum for CVT Reverse 1 …					

11.5. Differential lock
11.5.1. Differential lock: yes/no/optional ( 4 )

41. SUSPENSION
41.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of suspension and its control system for of each axle or group of axles or wheel: …
41.2. Drawing of the suspension arrangements: …
41.3. Level adjustment: yes/no/optional (4)
41.4. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components: …
41.5. Air-suspension for driving axle(s): yes/no (4)
41.5.1. Suspension of driving axle(s) equivalent to air-suspension: yes/no (4)
41.5.2. Frequency and damping of the oscillation of the sprung mass: …
41.6. Air-suspension for non-driving axle(s): yes/no (4)
41.6.1. Suspension of non-driving axle(s) equivalent to air-suspension: yes/no (4)
41.6.2. Frequency and damping of the oscillation of the sprung mass: …
41.7. Characteristics of the springing parts of the suspension (design, characteristics of the materials and dimensions): …
41.8. Vehicle equipped with hydro-pneumatic/hydraulic/pneumatic (4) suspension
41.9. Stabilisers: yes/no/optional (4)
41.10. Shock absorbers: yes/no/optional (4)
41.11. Other devices (if any): …

42. AXLE(S) AND TYRES
42.1. Description (including photographs and drawings) of the axle(s): …
42.2. Material(s) and method of construction: …
42.3. Make (where appropriate): …
42.4. Type (where appropriate): …
42.5. Maximum permissible mass supported by the axle(s): … kg
42.6. Axle(s) dimensions:
42.6.1. Length: … mm
42.6.2. Width: … mm
42.7. Braking connection to the axle(s): axial/radial/integrated/other (4) (if other, specify: …)
42.8. Dimensions of the largest permissible tyres on braked axles: …
42.8.1. Nominal rolling circumference of the largest tyres on braked axles: …
42.8.2. Dimensions of the largest permissible tyres on powered axles: …
42.8.3. Nominal rolling circumference of the of the largest tyres on powered axles: …

43. BRAKING
43.1. Brief description of the braking system(s) installed on the vehicle ( 55 ): …
43.2. Specifications of the vehicle with respect to the control circuits of the pneumatic, hydraulic and/or electric control lines of the braking system(s) and a list of the supported messages and parameters: …
43.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

43.4. Braking system(s)
43.4.1. Description of the braking system(s) operation (including any electronic parts), electric block diagram, hydraulic or pneumatic circuit plan (55): …
43.4.2 Schematic drawing and operating sketch of the braking system(s) (55): …
43.4.3. List of braking-system components, properly identified (55): …
43.4.4. Technical explanation on the calculation for the braking system(s) (determination of the ratio of the total braking forces at the circumference of the wheels to the force applied to the braking control) (55): …
43.4.5. External energy source(s) (if any) (characteristics, capacity of energy reservoirs, maximum and minimum pressure, pressure gauge and minimum-pressure warning device on the dashboard, vacuum reservoirs and supply valve, supply compressors, compliance with provisions regarding pressure equipment) (55): …
43.4.6. Electronic braking system: yes/no/optional (4)
43.4.7. Type-I test report number(s), in accordance with Annex VII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 (if applicable): …

43.5. Braking transmission (on towing vehicle)
43.5.1. Braking transmission of the service braking system on towing vehicle: mechanical/pneumatic/hydraulic/hydrostatic/without power assistance/power-assisted/fully powered transmission ( 4 )
43.5.2. Transmission technology: pneumatic/hydraulic/both pneumatic and hydraulic (4)
43.5.3. Locking of left and right braking controls: yes/no ( 4 )

43.6. Towed vehicle braking control devices (on towing vehicle)
43.6.1. Towed vehicle braking control system technology: Hydraulic / Pneumatic / Electric/None ( 4 )
43.6.2. Description of the connectors, couplings and safety devices (including drawings, sketches and the identification of any electronic parts): …
43.6.2.1. Pneumatic connection type: Two lines/None ( 4 )
43.6.2.1.1. Pneumatic supply pressure (two lines): … kPa
43.6.2.1.2. Electrical control line: yes/no ( 4 )
43.6.2.2. Hydraulic connection type: Single line / Two lines / None ( 4 )
43.6.2.2.1. Hydraulic supply pressure: Single line: … kPa Two lines: … kPa
43.6.2.2.2. Presence of ISO 7638:2003 connector ( 15 ): yes/no ( 4 )

43.7. Towed vehicle braking devices (on towed vehicle)
43.7.1. Towed vehicle braking control system technology: Hydraulic / Pneumatic / Electric/ Inertia / None ( 4 )
43.7.2. Towed vehicle-brake actuating device: Drum / Disc / Other ( 4 )
43.7.2.1. Description and characteristics: …
43.7.3. Description of the connectors, couplings and safety devices (including drawings, sketches and the identification of any electronic parts): …
43.7.3.1. Pneumatic connection type: Two lines/None ( 4 )
43.7.3.1.1. Electrical control line: yes/no ( 4 )
43.7.3.2. Hydraulic connection type: Two lines / None ( 4 )
43.7.3.2.1. Presence of ISO 7638:2003 connector ( 15 ): yes/no ( 4 )

43.A TOWED VEHICLE AXLE AND BRAKE INFORMATION DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE ALTERNATIVE TYPE I AND TYPE III PROCEDURE
43.A.1. General
43.A.1.1. Name and address of axle or vehicle manufacturer:
43.A.2. Axle data
43.A.2.1. Manufacturer (name and address): …
43.A.2.2. Type/variant: …
43.A.2.3. Axle identifier: ID1- …
43.A.2.4. Test axle load (Fe): … daN
43.A.2.5. Wheel and brake data according to the following figures 1A and 1B
43.A.3. Brake
43.A.3.1. General information
43.A.3.1.1. Make:
43.A.3.1.2. Manufacturer (name and address):
43.A.3.1.3. Type of brake (e.g. drum / disc):
43.A.3.1.3.1. Variant (e.g. S-cam, single wedge etc.):
43.A.3.1.4. Brake identifier: ID2-
43.A.3.1.5. Brake data according to the figures 2A and 2B:
43.A.3.2. Drum brake data
43.A.3.2.1. Brake adjustment device (external/integrated): …
43.A.3.2.2. Declared maximum brake input torque C max : … Nm
43.A.3.2.3. Mechanical efficiency: η =…
43.A.3.2.4. Declared brake input threshold torque C 0,dec : … Nm
43.A.3.2.5. Effective length of the cam shaft: … mm
43.A.3.3. Brake drum
43.A.3.3.1. Max diameter of friction surface (wear limit) … mm
43.A.3.3.2. Base material: …
43.A.3.3.3. Declared mass: … kg
43.A.3.3.4. Nominal mass: … kg
43.A.3.4. Brake lining
43.A.3.4.1. Manufacturer and address …
43.A.3.4.2. Make …
43.A.3.4.3. Type …
43.A.3.4.4. Identification (type identification on lining) …
43.A.3.4.5. Minimum thickness (wear limit) … mm
43.A.3.4.6. Method of attaching friction material to brake shoe: …
43.A.3.4.6.1. … Worst case of attachment (in the case of more than one):
43.A.3.5. Disc brake data
43.A.3.5.1. Connection type to the axle (axial, radial, integrated, etc.): …
43.A.3.5.2. Brake adjustment device (external/integrated): …
43.A.3.5.3. Max. actuation stroke: … mm
43.A.3.5.4. Declared maximum input force Th Amax : … daN
43.A.3.5.4.1 Cmax = Th Amax · l e : … Nm
43.A.3.5.5. Friction radius: r e = … mm
43.A.3.5.6. Lever length: l e = … mm
43.A.3.5.7. Input/output ratio (l e /e e ): i = …
43.A.3.5.8. Mechanical efficiency: η = …
43.A.3.5.9. Declared brake input threshold force Th A0,dec : … N
43.A.3.5.9.1. C 0,dec = Th A0,dec · l e : … Nm
43.A.3.5.10. Minimum rotor thickness (wear limit): … mm
43.A.3.6. Brake disc data …
43.A.3.6.1. Disc type description: …
43.A.3.6.2. Connection/mounting to the hub: …
43.A.3.6.3. Ventilation (yes/no): …
43.A.3.6.4. Declared mass: … kg
43.A.3.6.5. Nominal mass: … kg
43.A.3.6.6. Declared external diameter: … mm
43.A.3.6.7. Minimum external diameter: … mm
43.A.3.6.8. Inner diameter of friction ring: … mm
43.A.3.6.9. Width of ventilation channel (if appl.): … mm
43.A.3.6.10. Base material: …
43.A.3.7. Brake pad data …
43.A.3.7.1. Manufacturer and address: …
43.A.3.7.2. Make:
43.A.3.7.3. Type: …
43.A.3.7.4. Identification (type identification on pad back plate): …
43.A.3.7.5. Minimum thickness (wear limit): … mm
43.A.3.7.6. Method of attaching friction material to pad back plate: …
43.A.3.7.6.1. Worst case of attachment (in the case of more than one): …
Figure 1A
Figure 1B
Figure 2A

Figure 2B
xe (mm)	ae (mm)	he (mm)	ce (mm)	de (mm)	ee (mm)	α0e	α1e	be (mm)	re (mm)	Ae (cm2)	S1e (mm)	S2e (mm)	S3e (mm)
													
Appendix 16

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a driver's exposure to noise level system

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …
2.5. Location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark (19): …

6. ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENGINE
6.1.7. Category and sub-category of the engine ( 7 ): …
6.2.1. Combustion Cycle: four stroke cycle/two stroke cycle/rotary/other (specify) ( 4 ): …
6.2.2. Ignition Type: Compression ignition/spark ignition ( 4 )
6.2.3.1. Cylinders' number: … and configuration ( 26 ):
6.3.2.1. Declared rated speed: … rpm
6.3.2.1.2. Declared rated net power: … kW
6.3.2.2. Maximum power speed: … rpm
6.3.2.2.2. Maximum net power: … kW
6.3.6.4. Engine total swept volume: … cm 3

11. DRIVE-TRAIN AND CONTROL ( 13 )
11.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of the vehicle drive-train and its control system (transmission ratio change system, clutch control or any other element of drive-train): …

11.2. Transmission
11.2.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of transmission ratio change system(s) and its control: …
11.2.2. Diagram and or drawing of the power transmission: …
11.2.3. Type of power transmission: Gear (including planetary gear sets) / belt / hydrostatic / electric / other ( 4 ) (if other, specify: …)
11.2.4. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …
11.2.5. Location relative to the engine: …
11.2.6. Method of control: …
11.2.7. Transfer box: with/without ( 4 )
11.2.8. Type of transmission ratio change system: Mechanical (gear change) / Double clutch (gear change) / Semi-automatic (gear change) / Automatic (gear change) / Continuously Variable Transmission/ hydrostatic / not applicable / other ( 4 ) (if other, specify: …)

11.3. Clutch (if any)
11.3.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of the clutch and its control system:
11.3.2. Maximum torque conversion:

11.4. Gear ratios
Gear	Internal gearbox ratios (ratios of engine to gearbox output shaft revolutions)	Internal transfer box ratios (ratios of engine to transfer box output shaft revolutions)	Final drive ratio(s) (ratio of gearbox output shaft to driven wheel revolutions)	Total gear ratios	Ratio (engine speed/vehicle speed) for manual transmission only
Maximum for CVT Continuously variable transmission 1 2 3 … Minimum for CVT Reverse 1 …					

48. DRIVER'S EXPOSURE TO NOISE LEVEL
48.1. T- or C-category (with rubber tracks) vehicles to be tested in accordance with Test method 1, in accordance with point 2 of Annex XIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014: yes/no/not applicable (4)
48.2. T- or C-category (with rubber tracks) vehicles to be tested in accordance with Test method 2, in accordance with point 3 of Annex XIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014: yes/no/not applicable (4)
48.3. C-category vehicles with steel tracks to be tested on a layer of humid sand as specified by paragraph 5.3.2 of ISO 6395:2008 (Earth-moving machinery — Determination of sound power level — Dynamic test conditions): yes/no/not applicable (4)
48.4 Alternatively to entries 48.1 to 48.3, a complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official measurement of noise at the driving position(s) on agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 5, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
Appendix 17

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a seat belt anchorages system

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

46. ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS)
46.1. Equipment of ROPS: compulsory/optional/standard (4)

49. SEATING POSITIONS (SADDLES AND SEATS)
49.1. Seating position configuration: seat/saddle (4)
49.2. Coordinates or drawing of the Seat Reference point (S) of all seating positions: …
49.3. Description and drawings of:
49.3.1. The seats and their anchorages: …
49.3.2. The adjustment system: …
49.3.3. The displacement and locking systems: …
49.3.4. The seat-belt anchorages (if incorporated in the seat structure): …
49.3.5. The parts of the vehicle used as anchorages: …

53. SEAT-BELT ANCHORAGES
53.1. Requirements under standard ISO 3776-1:2006 (Tractors and machinery for agriculture — Seat belts — Part 1: Anchorage location requirements) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
53.2. Photographs and/or drawings of the bodywork showing the true, effective location and dimensions of the anchorages: …
53.3. Drawings of the anchorages and the parts of the vehicle structure to which they are attached (together with a statement on the nature of the materials used): …

53.4. Designation of the types of belts (14) authorised for attachment to the anchorages on the vehicle
					Anchorage location	
					Vehicle structure	Seat structure
Driver's seat		Lower anchorages		outboard inboard		
		Upper anchorages				
Passenger seat 1		Lower anchorages		outboard inboard		
		Upper anchorages				
Passenger seat …		Lower anchorages		outboard inboard		
		Upper anchorages				
53.4.1. Observation: …
53.5. Special devices (example: seat-height adjustment, preloading device, etc.): …
53.6. Description of a particular type of safety belt where an anchorage is located in the seat backrest or incorporates an energy dissipating device: …

53.7. Alternative to entries 53.2 to 53.6.
53.7.1. Requirements under standard ISO 3776-2:2013 (Tractors and machinery for agriculture — Seat belts — Part 2: Anchorage strength requirements) on anchorage strength location are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
53.7.2. Test report granted a on the basis of UNECE Regulation No 14 (OJ L 109, 28.4.2011, p. 1) with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
53.7.3. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (dynamic test), OECD Code 3 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
53.7.4. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry track-laying tractors, OECD Code 8 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
53.7.5. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (static test), OECD Code 4 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
53.7.6. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of front mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 6 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
53.7.7 Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of rear mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 7 with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
Appendix 18

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a protection against hazardous substances system

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) (19): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

3. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS
3.11. Vehicle of T- or C-category equipped for protection against hazardous substances: yes/no (4)

58. PROTECTION AGAINST HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
58.1. Brief description (including drawings and photographs) of the air delivery and filtration system, including the devices to obtain a positive differential within the cab and the air flow of fresh filtered air: …
58.2. Requirements under standard EN 15695-1 (Agricultural tractors and self-propelled sprayers — Protection of the operator (driver) against hazardous substances — Part 1: Cab classification, requirements and test procedures): category 1/category 2/category 3 category 4 (4) on cab classification with regard to protection against hazardous substances are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
58.3. Requirements under standard EN 15695-2 (Agricultural tractors and self-propelled sprayers — Protection of the operator (driver) against hazardous substances — Part 2: Filters, requirements and test procedures): Dust filter/Aerosol filter/Vapour filter (4) on filters with regard to protection against hazardous substances are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
Appendix 19

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a roll-over protective structure (ROPS) as a STU

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) ( 19 ): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

46. ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS)
46.1. Equipment of ROPS: compulsory/optional/standard (4)
46.2. ROPS by cab/by frame/by roll bar(s) mounted at front/rear (4)
46.2.1. In the case of roll bar: foldable/not foldable ( 4 );
46.2.2. In the case of foldable roll bar:
46.2.2.1. Folding operation: non-assisted / partially assisted / fully assisted ( 4 )
46.2.2.2. In case of non-assisted or partially assisted folding operation:
46.2.2.2.1. Hand-operated foldable ROPS: with tools/ without tools ( 4 )
46.2.2.2.2. Photographs and detailed technical drawings showing the grasping area and a lateral and top view of the accessible zones. Dimensions and maximum forces for actuating the ROPS must figure on the drawings: …
46.2.2.3. In case of partially assisted or fully assisted folding operation, brief description of the assistance devices as well as of their control devices, if any, and their location: …
46.2.2.4. Locking mechanism: manual/automatic ( 4 )
46.2.2.4.1. For manual locking mechanisms, brief description of the locking mechanism and of its ergonomic design to avoid pinching or shearing hazards and to limit the force required for its operation: …
46.2.2.4.2. For automatic locking mechanisms,
46.2.2.4.2.1. Brief description of the locking mechanism, its control devices, if any, and their location: …
46.2.2.4.2.2. Manufacturers' certificate set out in Note 2 of point 5.5. of Part B3 of Annex IX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014: yes/no ( 4 )
46.3. Photographs and detailed technical drawings showing the position of the ROPS, position of the seat index point (SIP), the details of mountings and position of the front part of the tractor capable of supporting the tractor when overturned (if necessary) etc. (in the case of front-mounted foldable ROPS, show the grasping area and a lateral and top view of the accessible zones). The main dimensions must figure on the drawings, including external dimensions of tractor with protective structure fitted and main interior dimensions: …
46.4. Brief description of the protective structure, comprising:
46.4.1. Type of construction: …
46.4.2. Details of mountings: …
46.4.3. Details of the front part of the tractor capable of supporting the tractor when overturned (if necessary): …
46.4.4. Additional frame: …

46.5. Dimensions (52)
46.5.1. Height of roof members above the seat index point (SIP): … mm
46.5.2. Height of roof members above the tractor footplate: … mm
46.5.3. Interior width of the protective structure vertically above the seat index point at the level of centre of the steering wheel: … mm
46.5.4. Distance from the centre of the steering wheel to the right-hand side of the protective structure: … mm
46.5.5. Distance from the centre of the steering wheel to the left-hand side of the protective structure: … mm
46.5.6. Minimum distance from the steering wheel rim to the protective structure: … mm
46.5.7. Horizontal distance from the seat index point to the rear of the protective structure above the seat index point: … mm
46.5.8. Position (with reference to the rear axle) of the front part of the tractor capable of supporting the tractor when overturned (if necessary):
46.5.8.1. Horizontal distance: … mm
46.5.8.2. Vertical distance: … mm

46.6. Details of materials used in the construction of the protective structure and specifications of steels used (53)
46.6.1. Main frame (parts — material — sizes): …
46.6.2. Mountings (parts — material — sizes): …
46.6.3. Assembly and mounting bolts (parts — sizes): …
46.6.4. Roof (parts — material — sizes): …
46.6.5. Cladding (if equipped) (parts — material — sizes): …
46.6.6. Glass (if equipped) (parts — material — sizes): …
46.6.7. Front part of the tractor capable of supporting the tractor when overturned (if necessary) (parts — material — sizes): …
46.7. Alternatively to entries 46.1 to 46.6.7, provide the following information:
46.7.1. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (dynamic test), OECD Code 3, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
46.7.2. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry track-laying tractors, OECD Code 8, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
46.7.3. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (static test), OECD Code 4, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
46.7.4. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of front mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 6, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
46.7.5. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of rear mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 7, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no/not applicable (4)
Appendix 20

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a falling objects protective structure (FOPS) as a STU

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) ( 19 ): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

47. FALLING OBJECT PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES (FOPS)

47.1. Vehicles of categories T and C equipped for forestry applications
47.1.1. Requirements under ISO 8083:2006 (Machinery for forestry — Falling-object protective structures (FOPS) — Laboratory tests and performance requirements) level I/level II (4) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

47.2. All other vehicles of categories T and C fitted with FOPS
47.2.1. Photographs and detailed technical drawings showing the position of the FOPS, position of the seat index point (SIP), etc. The main dimensions must figure on the drawings, including external dimensions of tractor with protective structure fitted and main interior dimensions: …
47.2.2. Brief description of the protective structure, comprising:
47.2.2.1. Type of construction: …
47.2.2.2. Details of mountings: …

47.2.3. Dimensions (52)
47.2.3.1. Height of roof members above the seat index point (SIP): … mm
47.2.3.2. Height of roof members above the tractor footplate: … mm
47.2.3.3. Overall height of the tractor with the protective structure fitted: … mm
47.2.3.4. Overall width of the protective structure (if mudguards are included, this is to be stated): … mm

47.2.4. Details of materials used in the construction of the protective structure and specifications of steels used (53)
47.2.4.1. Main frame (parts — material — sizes): …
47.2.4.2. Mountings (parts — material — sizes): …
47.2.4.3. Assembly and mounting bolts (parts — sizes): …
47.2.4.4. Roof (parts — material — sizes): …
47.2.5. Details of tractor manufacturer's reinforcements on original parts: …
47.2.6. Alternatively to entries 47.2.1 to 47.2.5, a complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official testing of falling object protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 10, Edition 2015 of July 2014 is provided with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
Appendix 21

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a driver's seat as a component/STU

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ) : …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) ( 19 ): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

49. SEATING POSITIONS (SADDLES AND SEATS)
49.1. Seating position configuration: seat/saddle (4)
49.2. Coordinates or drawing of the Seat Reference point (S) of the driver's seat: …
49.3. Description and drawings of:
49.3.1. The seat and its anchorages: …
49.3.2. The adjustment system: …
49.3.3. The displacement and locking systems: …
49.3.4. The seat-belt anchorages (if incorporated in the seat structure): …
49.3.5. The parts of the vehicle used as anchorages: …

49.4. Driver's seat
49.4.1. Position of the driving seat: left/right/centre ( 4 )
49.4.2. Driver's seat type category: category A class I/II/III, category B (4)
49.4.3. Reversible driving position: yes/no (4)
49.4.3.1. Description of the reversible driving position: …
49.4.4. Dimensions of the driving seat, including the depth and width of the seat surface, the position and inclination of the backrest, as well as the inclination of the seat surface:
49.4.5. Main characteristics of the driving seat: …
49.4.6. Adjustment system: …
49.4.7. Displacement and locking system in the longitudinal and vertical directions: …
49.4.7.1. In the case of vehicles not equipped with an adjustable seat, indicate the displacement of the steering column and pedal(s): …
Appendix 22

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a safety belt as a component/STU

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ) : …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) ( 19 ): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

54. SAFETY BELTS
54.1. Requirements under standard ISO 3776-3:2009 (Tractors and machinery for agriculture — Seat belts — Part 3: Requirements for assemblies) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
54.2. Test report granted a on the basis of UNECE Regulation No 16 (OJ L 233, 9.9.2011, p. 1) with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
54.3. Number and position of safety belts and seats on which they can be used, please fill out table below:

Safety belt configuration and associated information
			Complete EU type-approval mark / ECE type-approval mark	Variant, if applicable	Belt adjustment device for height (indicate yes/no/optional)
Driver's seat		L			
		C			
		R			
Passenger seat 1		L			
		C			
		R			
Passenger seat …		L			
		C			
		R			
L = left, C = centre, R = right					
54.4. Brief description of electrical/electronic components: …
Appendix 23

Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a protection against penetrating objects (OPS) as a STU

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 6 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. Type-approval number(s) (49) (if available): …
2.2.3. Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.2.4. For components and separate technical units, location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark(s) (if available) ( 19 ): …
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants: …
2.3.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative (if any): …
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for which they are intended for (21):
2.4.1. Type (17): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (17): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (17): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (2): …

55. PROTECTION AGAINST PENETRATING OBJECTS (OPS)

55.1. Vehicles of categories T and C equipped for forestry applications
55.1.1. Requirements under ISO 8084:2003 (Machinery for forestry — Operator protective structures — Laboratory tests and performance requirements) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)

55.2. All other T- and C-category vehicles fitted with OPS
55.2.1. Requirements under Annex 14 to UNECE Regulation 43 (OJ L 230, 31.8.2010, p. 119) on safety glazing are met with the relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no (4)
Appendix 24

Manufacturer’s declaration on anti-tampering of powertrain and speed-limitation device

Manufacturer’s declaration on anti-tampering of powertrain and speed-limitation device
A duly-completed version of this statement shall be included in the information folder.
The undersigned: [… (full name and position)]
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer: …
2.3.2. Name and address of the manufacturer’s authorised representative (if any) : …
Delete the entry if not applicable.
Hereby declares that:

2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer: …
2.4.1. Type : …
Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘ TVV ’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.2 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation.
2.4.2. Variant(s) : …
2.4.3. Version(s) : …
2.4.4 Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of vehicle : …
Classified according to Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘ T4.3a ’ for a low-clearance tractor with a maximum design speed below or equal to 40 km/h.
Will not market interchangeable components which could involve an increase in the propulsion performance of the vehicle variant
Place: … Date: …
Signature: … Name and position in the company: …

Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 24 (Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the Manufacturer’s declaration)

Explanatory notes relating to the information document
(Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the data entries)
(1) For tyres type-approved in accordance with the requirements laid down in section 2 of Annex XXX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 or approved in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 106, indicate the ‘Rolling radius, expressed by the speed radius index’; for tyres approved under UNECE Regulation No 54 or UNECE Regulation No 75 indicate the ‘Nominal Rolling Circumference’.
(2) Classified according to Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘T4.3a’ for a low-clearance tractor with a maximum design speed below or equal to 40 km/h.
(3) Delete the entry if not applicable.
(4) Delete where not applicable (no deletion required when more than one value is applicable).

(5) Indicate the configuration by following codes:

— R
right side of the vehicle

— L
left side of the vehicle

— F
front side of the vehicle

— RE
rear side of the vehicle
Example for a vehicle with 2 left-side doors and 1 right-side door:
2 L, 1R
( 6 ) For engines, indicate the engine type designation or, in case of engine types within an engine family, the Family Type (FT) in accordance with point 4 of Part B of Annex I to Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/656.
( 7 ) Indicate the category and sub-category of the engine in accordance with Article 4 and Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628.

(8) Indicate the position by the following codes:

— Rx
row number

— R
right side of the vehicle

— C
centre of the vehicle

— L
left side of the vehicle
Example for a vehicle with a second row with 1 passenger seat on the left side of the vehicle:
r2: 1L

( 9 ) Indicate the fuel type by the following codes:

B5
Diesel (non-road gas-oil)

E85
Ethanol

ED95
Ethanol for dedicated compression ignition engines

E10
Petrol

NG
Natural gas/Biomethane

LPG
Liquid Petroleum Gas

O (…)
Other (specify)
The Sub Fuel type by the following codes (only for Natural gas/Biomethane):

U
Universal fuel — high calorific fuel (H-gas) and low calorific fuel (L-gas)

RH
Restricted fuel — high calorific fuel (H-gas)

RL
Restricted fuel — low calorific fuel (L-gas)

LNG
Fuel specific
The fuelling arrangement by the following codes:

L
Liquid-fuel only

G
Gaseous-fuel only

D1A
Dual-fuel type 1A

D1B
Dual-fuel type 1B

D2A
Dual-fuel type 2A

D2B
Dual-fuel type 2B

D3B
Dual-fuel type 3B
(10) For EU whole-vehicle type-approval, describe the manifold installed on the vehicle; for EU type-approval of an engine/engine family as a component/STU, describe one of the possible manifolds that can be installed on the engine.
( 11 ) Excluding SLI batteries that supply electric energy for starting, lighting and ignition.
( 12 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(13) The specified particulars are to be given for any proposed variants.

( 14 ) ‘A’: for a three-point belt;
‘ B ’ : for a lap belt;
‘ S ’ : for special types of belt (in this case provide specific information on the nature of these types under observation in entry 53.4.1.);
‘ Ar ’ , ‘ Br ’ or‘Sr’: for a belt incorporating an inertia reel retractor;
‘ Are ’ , ‘ Bre ’ and ‘ Sre ’ : for a belt equipped with an inertia reel retractor and an energy-absorption device on at least one anchorage.
( 15 ) Only applicable to T- and C-category vehicles authorized to tow R- or S-category vehicles if fitted with a hydraulic energy storage device.
( 16 ) Indicate the maximum towable mass on the lower link arms of the rear three-point lifting mechanism or the rear three-point lifting mechanism itself, as declared by the manufacturer.
(17) Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.2 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation.
(18) In case of multi-stage approval, supply this information for each stage.
(19) Provide this information for each component and separate technical unit installed in the vehicle or system.
(21) Provide this information for each vehicle type/system.

(22) Powered and braked track rollers:

F
front

R
rear

F & R
front and rear

C
continuous track
Examples:

— rear powered track rollers
R

— Continuous track braked
C

(23) Axles with twinned wheels/steered/powered/braked:

F
front

R
rear

A
articulated vehicles

F & R
front and rear

F & A
front and articulated

A & R
articulated and rear

F & A & R
front, articulated and rear
Examples:

— front twinned wheels
F

— front and articulated steering
F & A

— rear powered axles
R

— front and rear braked axles
F & R

( 24 ) Indicate the type of gear shift system(s) by the following codes:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

( 26 ) Indicate the layout of the cylinders by the following codes:

LI
in line

V
in V

O
opposed

S
single

R
radial

O (…)
other (specify)
( 29 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(30) Serving as a reference point for the various delegated acts. Including the roll-over protection structure, excluding optional accessories, but with coolant, lubricants, fuel, tools and driver The mass of the driver shall be assumed to be 75 kg.
(31) Standard ISO 612/-6.1:1978 (Road vehicles — Dimensions of motor vehicles and towed vehicles — Terms and definitions).
(32) Standard ISO 612/-6.2:1978 (Road vehicles — Dimensions of motor vehicles and towed vehicles — Terms and definitions).
(33) Standard ISO 612/-6.3:1978 (Road vehicles — Dimensions of motor vehicles and towed vehicles — Terms and definitions). For vehicles with height adjustable suspension, state the normal running position.
(34) Standard ISO 612/-6.6:1978 (Road vehicles — Dimensions of motor vehicles and towed vehicles — Terms and definitions).
(35) Standard ISO 612/-6.7:1978 (Road vehicles — Dimensions of motor vehicles and towed vehicles — Terms and definitions).
(36) Standard ISO 612/-6.8:1978 (Road vehicles — Dimensions of motor vehicles and towed vehicles — Terms and definitions).
(37) for tractors and drawbar R- or S-category vehicles, wheelbase is the distance from first to last axle; for rigid drawbar and centre-axle R- or S-category vehicles, is the distance from centre of front coupling point to last axle.
(38) Standard ISO 4004:1983 (Agricultural tractors and machinery — Track widths).
( 39 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
( 40 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(41) A measured speed exceeding the value for the maximum design speed by 3 km/h shall be acceptable. An additional 5 % tolerance shall be permitted in order to take into account variations due to tyre size.
(42) Standard ISO 789-3:1993 (Agricultural tractors — Test procedures — Part 3: Turning and clearance diameters).
(44) Values in respect of the mechanical strength of the coupling device.
(45) Not applicable to types of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units falling under the requirements of Article 37 or Article 53(13) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.
(46) Also applicable to R- or S-category vehicles with a rear coupling device.
(47) For R- and S-category vehicles indicate the height without optional side/rear panels.
( 48 ) For R- and S-category vehicles indicate the overhang of the front coupling point.
( 49 ) For engines indicate the information relative to the engine type or the engine family type, as applicable without the type-approval extension number.
( 52 ) When the tractor is fitted with different optional seats or has a reversible driver’s position (reversible seat and steering wheel), the dimensions in relation to the seat index points (SIP 1, SIP 2, etc.) shall be measured for each case.
(53) Steel specifications shall be in accordance with ISO 630:1995 (Structural steels — Plates, wide flats, bars, sections and profiles), Amd 1: 2003.
(54) Indicate in case that the maximum design speed in the rearward direction of travel is higher than in the forward direction of travel.
(55) Provide the requested information for: Service braking system; Parking braking system; for vehicles of categories T and C, Secondary braking system; for any additional braking device(s) (and especially retarders) and; for anti-lock braking systems.
( 56 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(57) OECD standard code for the official testing of agricultural and forestry tractor performance, OECD Code 2, Edition 2015 of July 2014.
(59) As defined in point 1.1 of Annex VIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208.
(60) Relevant vehicle electrical/electronic systems or ESAs are those which may emit significant broadband or narrowband radiation and/or those which are involved in the driver's direct control (see point 3.4.2.3 of Part 2 of Annex XV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208) of the vehicle
(61) Applicable only for small volume manufacturers as regards section 6 of Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014.
(62) Alternatively, provide a dimensioned drawing showing the position of the coupling point.
(63) Machinery, as defined in Article 2(a) of Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council.

ANNEX II Template for the manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle on-board diagnostics (OBD) and to vehicle repair and maintenance information
1. The vehicle manufacturer shall provide, in accordance with Article 53(8) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the certificates providing proof of compliance to the type-approval authority on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information which shall take the form set out in point 2.
1.1 The certificate must have a reference number supplied by the manufacturer.
2. Manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information and its addenda.
2.1. Template of manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information.

Manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information
A duly completed version of this certificate shall be included in the information folder.
Reference number: …
The undersigned: [ … (full name and position)]
Company name and address of the manufacturer: …
Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any) (1): …
Hereby certifies that:
it provides access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information in compliance with:
Chapter XV of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013
Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014
with respect to the types of vehicle, system, component and/or separate technical unit listed in the Addendum 1 to this certificate (4).
The following exceptions apply (1):
small volume manufacturers (1)
use of proprietary hardware for reprograming of control units (1)
The principal website address (5), through which the relevant information may be accessed and which are hereby certified to be in compliance with the above provisions, are listed in the Addendum 2 to this certificate. The contact details of the responsible manufacturer's representative whose signature is below are laid down in the Addendum 3 to this certificate.
Where applicable: The manufacturer hereby also certifies that it has complied with the obligation in Article 53(8) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 to provide the relevant information for previous approvals of these vehicle types no later than six months after the date of type-approval.
Place: …
Date: …
Signature: …
Name and position in the company: …
Addenda:

1
List of the types of vehicle, system, component and separate technical unit

2
Web sites addresses (5)

3
Contact details

4
In case of multi-stage type-approval, certificates on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information, including its addenda, corresponding to the previous stages
2.1.1. Template of Addendum 1 to the manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle OBD and repair and maintenance information.

Addendum 1 to
Manufacturer's certificate with reference number … on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information
List of the type(s) of vehicle (5):
1.2. Type (2): …
1.2.1. Variant(s) (2): …
1.2.2. Version(s) (2): …
1.2.3 Commercial name(s) (if available): …
1.3. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle (3): …
EU type-approval number including extension number (if available): …
EU type-approval issued on (date, if available): …
List of the type(s) of system(s), component(s) and/or separate technical unit(s) (5):
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type(s) (4): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.2.2. EU type-approval number(s) (if available): …
2.2.3. EU type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …
2.3. Company name(s) and address of the manufacturer(s): …
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.2. Template of Addendum 2 to the manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle OBD and repair and maintenance information.

Addendum 2 to
Manufacturer's certificate with reference number … on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information
Web site address (5) referred to in this certificate:
…
…
…
2.1.3. Template of Addendum 3 to the manufacturer's certificate on access to vehicle OBD and repair and maintenance information.

Addendum 3 to
Manufacturer's certificate with reference number … on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information
Contact details of the manufacturer's representative referred to in this certificate:
…
…
…

Explanatory notes relating to Annex II
(Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the manufacturer's certificates)
(1) Delete if not applicable.
(2) Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.2 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation.
(3) Classified according to Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘T4.3a’ for a low-clearance tractor with a maximum design speed below or equal to 40 km/h.
(4) For engines, indicate the engine type designation or, in case of engine types within an engine family, the Family Type (FT) in accordance with point 4 of Part B of Annex I to Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/656.
(5) In case of multi-stage type-approval indicate the website address of the manufacturer(s) responsible for the previous stage(s).

ANNEX III Templates for the certificate of conformity

1. Objectives
The certificate of conformity enables the competent authorities of the Member States to register vehicles without requiring the applicant to supply additional technical documentation. For these purposes, the certificate of conformity shall include:
(a) the vehicle identification number;
(b) the exact technical characteristics of the vehicle (e.g. it is not permitted to mention any range of value in the various entries).

2. General requirements
2.1. The vehicle manufacturer shall provide, in accordance with Article 33(1) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, a certificate of conformity for each vehicle in the series of the type which has been approved, which template is set out in the Appendix 1.

2.2. The certificate of conformity shall consist of two sections:
(a) section 1 contains a statement of compliance by the manufacturer. There are different templates for section 1 according to the vehicles covered, as specified in point 3;
(b) section 2 is a technical description of the main characteristics of the vehicle. There are different templates for section 2 according to the vehicles' category covered, as specified in point 4. Those entries which are not applicable to the certified vehicle can be supressed.
2.3. The certificate of conformity shall be no bigger than A4 paper format (210 × 297 mm).
2.4 All information on the certificate of conformity shall be provided in ISO 8859 series (Information technology — 8-bit single-byte coded graphic character sets) characters (for certificates of conformity issued in Bulgarian language in Cyril characters, for certificates of conformity issued in Greek language in Greek characters) and Arabic numerals.
2.5. Without prejudice to the provisions in point 1(b), the values and units indicated in section 2 of the certificate of conformity shall be those given in the information document of the vehicle type. The tolerances allowed are those laid down in the relevant requirements of the delegated acts adopted pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. Maximum and minimum values are accepted for vehicles' dimensions (Length, Width and Height) to take into account their different configurations of wheels and tyres.

3. Models of section 1 of the certificate of conformity
3.1. Model A of section 1 of the certificate of conformity (complete vehicles) shall cover vehicles which can be used on the road without further approval.

3.2. Model B of section 1 of the certificate of conformity (completed vehicles) shall cover vehicles which can also be used on the road without requiring any further approval, and which have previously undergone an additional approval stage.
This is the normal result of the multi-stage approval process (e.g. a T1-category tractor built by a second-stage manufacturer on a chassis built by another vehicle manufacturer).
The additional features added during the multi-stage process shall be described briefly and the certificates of conformity obtained at the previous stages shall be annexed.
3.3. Model C of section 1 of the certificate of conformity (incomplete vehicles) shall cover vehicles which need a further stage for their approval and cannot be permanently registered or used on the road (e.g. a chassis of a T2-category tractor).

4. Models of section 2 of the certificate of conformity
There are two models of section 2 of the certificate of conformity:
(a) Model 1 of section 2 of the certificate of conformity for wheeled tractors (T category vehicles) and track-laying tractors (C category vehicles);
(b) Model 2 of section 2 of the certificate of conformity for trailers (R-category vehicles) and interchangeable towed equipment (S-category vehicles).

5. Paper and features to prevent forgery
5.1. In accordance with Article 33(2) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the certificate of conformity shall be made in such a way as to prevent any forgery. For this purpose, the paper used for the certificate of conformity shall be protected by a watermark in the form of the registered mark of the manufacturer or brand name and by coloured graphics.
5.2. As an alternative to the requirements set out in point 5.1, the paper of the certificate of conformity may be not protected by a watermark in the form of the registered mark of the manufacturer or brand name. In this case, the coloured graphics shall be supplemented with at least one additional security printing feature (e.g. ultraviolet fluorescent ink, inks with viewing angle-dependent colour, inks with temperature-dependent colour, micro printing, guilloche printing, iridescent printing, laser engraving, custom holograms, variable laser images, optical variable images, physically embossed or engraved manufacturer's logo, etc.)
5.3. Manufacturers may provide the certificate of conformity with security printing features additional to those set out in points 5.1 and 5.2.

6. Special provisions
6.1. The certificate of conformity of tractors (T- and C-category vehicles) type-approved with machinery mounted on them and of R- and S-category vehicles shall have as attachment the EC declaration of conformity in compliance with the national provisions implementing Directive 2006/42/EC.
Appendix 1

Models for the certificate of conformity

ANNEX IV Models for the statutory plate and EU type-approval mark

1. General requirements for vehicle marking
1.1. All vehicles shall be provided with the plate described in this section in accordance with Article 34(1) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. The plate shall be attached by the vehicle manufacturer.

1.2. Characters
1.2.1. Alphanumeric characters (roman letters or Arabic numerals) shall be used for the markings in points 2.1.1.1 to 2.1.2, 3 and 4.2.1.1 to 4.2.1.9. However, markings in section 3 shall use capital roman letters (upper case).
1.2.2. In addition, the manufacturer's name or trade name and the vehicle type designation may include the following symbols/characters: ‘*’ (the asterisk symbol), ‘&’ (the and mark), ‘-’ (hyphen or minus mark) and the ‘′’ (the prime or apostrophe mark).

1.3. Minimum height of letters and figures.
1.3.1. Characters marked directly on the chassis, frame or similar structure of the vehicle shall have a minimum height of 7,0 mm.
1.3.1.1. For those vehicles where the available surface for marking is less than a circle with a 28 mm radius, as alternative to the requirements set out in point 1.3.1, the minimum height of letters and figures may be 4,0 mm.
1.3.2. Characters marked on the statutory plate shall have a minimum height of 4,0 mm.

2. Statutory plate
2.1.1. The information on the plate shall be clearly legible, indelible and shall contain the following information in the order given below and in accordance with one of the two alternative models set out in Appendix 1:
2.1.1.1. Name of the manufacturer, and trade name (only if different than the name of the manufacturer);
2.1.1.2. Vehicle category including the subcategory and the speed index (1);
2.1.1.3. EU type-approval number in accordance with point 3 of Annex VI;
2.1.1.4. Vehicle identification number (VIN); consisting of a structured combination of characters in accordance with the requirements set out in section 3 of this Annex;
2.1.1.5. Technically permissible maximum laden mass of the vehicle, in the following format: ‘kg’;
2.1.1.6. Technically permissible maximum mass per axle; this information must be listed in order from front to rear, in the following format: ‘A-1: … kg’‘A-2: … kg’‘A-…: … kg’;
2.1.1.7. For C-category vehicles, in addition, technically permissible maximum mass per set of track trains, and, in the same line, average contact pressure on the ground; this information must be combined with that provided for point 2.1.1.6 and listed in order from front to rear, in the following format: ‘S-1: … kg P: … kPa’‘S-2: … kg P: … kPa’‘S-…: … kg P: … kPa’. Each entry separated by one or more spaces;
2.1.1.8. Technically permissible towable mass(es) for each chassis/ braking configuration of the towed R- or S-category vehicle in accordance with entry 4.1.3 of the information document data entries laid down in Part B of Annex I to this Regulation ( 2 ), in the following format: ‘B-1’ unbraked, ‘B-2’ inertia braked, ‘B-3’ hydraulic braked, ‘B-4’ pneumatic braked, ‘T-1’ drawbar, ‘T-2’ rigid drawbar, ‘T-3’ centre-axle;
2.1.1.9. For rigid drawbar or centre-axle R- and S-category vehicles, the vertical load on the coupling point (S). The coupling point shall be deemed the first axle and be numbered ‘0’, in the following format: ‘A-0: … kg’;
2.1.1.10. For vehicles fitted with transition engines, as defined in Article 3(32) of Regulation (EU) 2016/1628, the vehicle's production date in the following format: ‘ MM/YYYY ’ . Alternatively, the vehicle's production date shall be stated in an additional separate statutory plate stating also the VIN.
2.1.2. The manufacturer may give additional information below or to the side of the prescribed inscriptions, outside a clearly marked area which shall enclose only the information prescribed in points 2.1.1.1 to 2.1.1.9 (see examples in Appendix 1).

3. Requirements for the VIN
The VIN shall comply with the requirements of the standard ISO 10261:2002 (Earth-Moving Machinery — Product Identification Numbering System) or the standard ISO 3779: 2009 (Road vehicles — Vehicle identification number (VIN) — Content and structure).

4. Marking requirements for a multi-stage approval

4.1. Base vehicle identification number
The VIN of the base vehicle conforming to the requirements set out in section 3 shall be retained during all subsequent stages of type-approval to ensure the ‘traceability’ of the process.

4.2. Additional statutory plate.
4.2.1. At the second and subsequent stages, in addition to the statutory plate referred to in section 2, each manufacturer shall affix to the vehicle an additional plate, based on the model set out in Appendix 1. This plate shall be firmly attached, in a conspicuous and readily accessible position to a part which is not subject to replacement during normal use, regular maintenance or repair. It shall show clearly and indelibly the following information in the order listed:
4.2.1.1. Name of the manufacturer,
4.2.1.2. The EU type-approval number in accordance with point 3 of Annex VI,
4.2.1.3. Vehicle category including the subcategory and the speed index (1) and stage of approval (in case of base vehicles, this first-stage identification shall be omitted; in the case of subsequent stages, the information shall indicate the stage: e.g. ‘STAGE 3’ for the third stage), each entry separated by one or more spaces,
4.2.1.4. VIN,
4.2.1.5. Technically permissible maximum laden mass of the vehicle, in the following format: ‘kg’,
4.2.1.6. Technically permissible maximum mass per axle; this information must be listed in order from front to rear, in the following format: ‘A-1: … kg’‘A-2: … kg’‘A-…: … kg’,
4.2.1.7. For C-category vehicles, in addition, technically permissible maximum mass per set of track trains, and, in the same line, average contact pressure on the ground; this information must be combined with that provided for point 4.2.1.6 and listed in order from front to rear, in the following format: ‘ S-1: … kg P: … kPa ’ ‘ S-2: … kg P: … kPa ’ ‘ S-…: … kg P: … kPa ’ . Each entry separated by one or more spaces,
4.2.1.8. Technically permissible towable mass(es) for each chassis/ braking configuration of the towed R- or S-category vehicle in accordance with entry 4.1.3 of the information document data entries laid down in Part B of Annex I to this Regulation ( 2 ), in the following format: ‘B-1’ unbraked, ‘B-2’ inertia braked, ‘B-3’ hydraulic braked, ‘B-4’ pneumatic braked, ‘T-1’ drawbar, ‘T-2’ rigid drawbar, ‘T-3’ centre-axle,
4.2.1.9. For rigid drawbar or centre-axle R- and S-category vehicles, the vertical load on the coupling point (S). The coupling point shall be deemed the first axle and be numbered ‘0’, in the following format: ‘A-0: … kg’.

5. Marking requirements for components or separate technical units
5.1. Each separate technical unit or component, whether or not part of a system, which has been EU type-approved and manufactured in conformity with the approved type shall be marked with an EU type-approval mark in accordance with Article 34(2) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.
5.1.1. As an exception to point 5.1, EU type-approval mark is not required for pneumatic tyres designed primarily for agricultural vehicles with diagonal or bias-ply and bias-belted construction with a reference speed not exceeding 40 km/h (e.g. speed symbol A8), neither for radial tyres designed primarily for construction application purposes (e.g. tyres marked ‘Industrial’, ‘IND’, ‘R-4’ or ‘F-3’) which has been type-approved in accordance with to point 2.1 of Annex XXX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208.
5.2. The EU type-approval mark for a separate technical unit or component shall consist of:
5.2.1. A rectangle surrounding the lower-case letter ‘e’ followed by the distinguishing number, as set out in point 2.1 of Annex VI to the Member State which has granted the EU type-approval for the separate technical unit or component.
5.2.2. In the vicinity of the rectangle, the ‘Sequential number for type-approval certificates’ contained in section 4 of the EU type-approval number as set out in point 2.4 of Annex VI. In addition, it shall be indicated the alphanumerical character as set out in Table 6-1 of Annex VI to clearly identify the type of component or separate technical unit.
5.2.3. Examples of the EU type-approval mark for a separate technical unit or component are shown in Appendix 2. The dimensions of ‘a’ shall be:
≥ 5 mm	ballast masses, lateral and/or rear protective structure, mechanical couplings, roll-over protective structures (ROPS), falling objects protective structures (FOPS), and protection against penetrating objects (OPS)
≥ 3 mm	engines, electro-magnetic compatibility of electrical/electronic sub-assemblies, driver's seats, and safety belts
5.3. In addition, the make, trade name or trade mark shall be marked in the vicinity of the EU type-approval mark.

5.4. Specific requirements for marking of engines
Notwithstanding point 5.2, the statutory marking of the engine shall be in accordance with the provisions set out in Annex III to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/656, with the following exceptions:
(a) for engines type-approved in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the EU type-approval number set out in Table 6-1 of Annex VI shall be stated instead of the EU type-approval number set out in Annex V to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/656;
(b) for replacement engines type-approved in accordance with Directive 2000/25/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council , the EC type-approval number set out in Appendix 1 to Chapter C of Annex II to Directive 2003/37/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council shall be stated instead of the EC type-approval number issued in accordance with Directive 97/68/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council .
Directive 2000/25/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 May 2000 on action to be taken against the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants by engines intended to power agricultural and forestry tractors and amending Council Directive 74/150/EEC ( OJ L 173, 12.7.2000, p. 1 ).
Directive 2003/37/EC of the European Parliament and of the European Council of 26 May 2003 on the type-approval of agricultural or forestry tractors, their trailers and interchangeable towed machinery, together with their systems, components and separate technical units and repealing Directive 74/150/EEC ( OJ L 171, 9.7.2003, p. 1 ).
Directive 97/68/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 1997 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to measures against the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants from internal combustion engines to be installed in non-road mobile machinery ( OJ L 59, 27.2.1998, p. 1 ).

Appendix 1 Examples of the statutory plate

1. MODEL A for a T1b-category vehicle
SOFIA TRAKTOR WERKE. T1b e6*167/2013*01223 5DRH123UPAX000001 5 590 kg A-1: 2 390 kg A-2: 3 200 kg					
		T-1	T-2	T-3	
	B-1	3 000 kg	4 000 kg	2 000 kg	
	B-2	3 000 kg	4 000 kg	2 000 kg	
	B-3	6 000 kg	8 000 kg	4 000 kg	
	B-4	12 000 kg	15 000 kg	9 000 kg	
					

2. MODEL B alternative to MODEL A for a T1b-category vehicle
					
SOFIA TRAKTOR WERKE. T1b e6*167/2013*01223 5DRH123UPAX000001 5 590 kg A-1: 2 390 kg A-2: 3 200 kg		T-1	T-2	T-3	
	B-1	3 000 kg	4 000 kg	2 000 kg	
	B-2	3 000 kg	4 000 kg	2 000 kg	
	B-3	6 000 kg	8 000 kg	4 000 kg	
	B-4	12 000 kg	15 000 kg	9 000 kg	
					

3. MODEL C for stage 1 of a C2a-category vehicle
JEAN NICOLE TRACTORS Ltd. C2a STAGE 1 e3*167/2013*14863 ZFS159000AZ000055 820 kg A-1: 366 kg S-2: 454 kg P: 255 kPa					
		T-1	T-2	T-3	
	B-1	1 000 kg	2 000 kg	1 000 kg	
	B-2	1 000 kg	2 000 kg	1 000 kg	
	B-3	2 000 kg	3 000 kg	2 000 kg	
	B-4	4 000 kg	5 000 kg	4 000 kg	
					

4. MODEL D alternative to MODEL C for stage 1 of a C2a-category vehicle
					
JEAN NICOLE TRACTORS Ltd. C2a STAGE 1 e3*167/2013*14863 ZFS159000AZ000055 820 kg A-1: 366 kg S-2: 454 kg P: 255 kPa		T-1	T-2	T-3	
	B-1	1 000 kg	2 000 kg	1 000 kg	
	B-2	1 000 kg	2 000 kg	1 000 kg	
	B-3	2 000 kg	3 000 kg	2 000 kg	
	B-4	4 000 kg	5 000 kg	4 000 kg	
					

5. MODEL E for a rigid drawbar R2a-category vehicle
REMORQUES HENSCHLER SA. R2a e12*167/2013*00053 YA9EBS37009000005 2 050 kg A-0: 1 100 kg A-1: 850 kg A-2: 1 200 kg					
		T-1	T-2	T-3	
	B-1	1 000 kg	1 000 kg	1 000 kg	
	B-2	1 000 kg	1 000 kg	1 000 kg	
	B-3	2 000 kg	2 000 kg	2 000 kg	
	B-4	2 000 kg	2 000 kg	2 000 kg	
					

6. MODEL F alternative to MODEL E for a rigid drawbar R2a-category vehicle
					
REMORQUES HENSCHLER SA. R2a e12*167/2013*00053 YA9EBS37009000005 2 050 kg A-0: 1 100 kg A-1: 850 kg A-2: 1 200 kg		T-1	T-2	T-3	
	B-1	1 000 kg	1 000 kg	1 000 kg	
	B-2	1 000 kg	1 000 kg	1 000 kg	
	B-3	2 000 kg	2 000 kg	2 000 kg	
	B-4	2 000 kg	2 000 kg	2 000 kg	
					
Appendix 2

Examples of an EU type-approval mark for a separate technical unit or component

Figure 1 Example of EU type-approval mark of a roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (dynamic testing)

Explanatory note relating to figure 1:
The above EU type-approval mark was issued by Portugal under number 00024 for a roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (dynamic testing).

Explanatory notes relating to Annex IV
(Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the manufacturer's certificates):
(1) Classified according to Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘T4.3a’ for a low-clearance tractor with a maximum design speed below or equal to 40 km/h.
(2) For R- and S-category vehicles fitted with a rear mechanical coupling, indicate the maximum permissible load(s) on the rear coupling point for towing a second R- or S-category vehicle for each chassis/braking configuration of the mentioned second vehicle.

ANNEX V Templates for the EU type-approval certificate

LIST OF APPENDICES
Appendix Number	Appendix title
1	Model of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for a complete vehicle type
2	Model of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for an incomplete type, a vehicle type with complete and incomplete variants, a vehicle type with completed and incomplete variants or a completed vehicle type
3	Model of the addendum to the EU type-approval certificate
4	Model of the EU type-approval certificate for a vehicle system
5	Model of the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component
6	Model of the addendum to the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component

1. General requirements
1.1. Model A of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for a complete vehicle type is set out in Appendix 1.
1.2. Model B of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for an incomplete vehicle type, a vehicle type with complete and incomplete variants, a vehicle type with completed and incomplete variants or a completed vehicle type is set out in Appendix 2.
1.3. The list of applicable requirements or acts with which the type of vehicle complies and which are appended to the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate when the manufacturer chooses the single-step type-approval procedure according to Article 25(6) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 is set out in Appendix 3.
1.4. Model C of the EU type-approval certificate for a vehicle system is set out in Appendix 4.
1.5. Model D of the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component is set out in Appendix 5.
1.5.1. The addendum to the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component is set out in Appendix 6. When a component/separate technical unit has any restrictions on use or special mounting conditions or both, those shall be indicated in this addendum.
1.6. The type-approval certificate shall be no bigger than A4 paper format (210 × 297 mm).
Appendix 1

Model of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for a complete vehicle type

EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE MODEL A
(to be used for type-approval of a complete vehicle)
EU WHOLE-VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
Identification of type-approval authority
Communication concerning:
EU whole-vehicle type-approval (1) extension of EU whole-vehicle type-approval (1) refusal of EU whole-vehicle type-approval (1) withdrawal of EU whole-vehicle type-approval (1)	of a complete vehicle type
with regard to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, as last amended by (Commission Delegated) (1) Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/… (1) (5) (of the European Parliament and of the Council) (1)
EU type-approval number: …
Reason for extension/refusal/withdrawal (1): …
SECTION I 1.1. Make (trade name of manufacturer): …
1.2. Type (2): …
1.2.1 Variant(s) (2): …
1.2.2 Version(s) (2): …
1.2.3. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
1.3. Category, subcategory and speed index of vehicle (3): …
1.4. Company name and address of manufacturer of the complete vehicle: …
1.4.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …
1.4.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised representative, if any: …
SECTION II 1. Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: …
2. Date of test report: …
3. Number of test report: …
SECTION III The undersigned hereby certifies the accuracy of the manufacturer's description in the attached information document of the vehicle type described above, for which one or more representative samples, selected by the EU type-approval authority, have been submitted as prototypes of the vehicle type and that the attached test results apply to the vehicle type.
1. The complete vehicle type meets/does not meet (1) all relevant requirements as listed in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.
1.1. Restrictions of validity (1) (6): …
1.2. Waivers applied (1) (7): …
1.2.1. Reasons for the waivers (1) (7): …
1.2.2. Alternative requirements (1) (7): …
2. The approval is granted/extended/refused/withdrawn (1)
2.1. The approval is granted in accordance with Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and the validity of the approval is thus limited to dd/mm/yyyy ( 6 ).
Place: …
Date: …
Name and signature (or visual representation of an ‘advanced electronic signature’ according to Directive 1999/93/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, including data for verification):
Attachments:
Information package
Test results
Name(s) and specimen(s) of the signature(s) of the person(s) authorised to sign certificates of conformity and a statement of their position in the company
A completed specimen of the certificate of conformity

NB:
— If this model is used for type-approval of a vehicle as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the heading of the certificate shall read ‘EU WHOLE-VEHICLE PROVISIONAL TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE VALID ONLY ON THE TERRITORY OF … (4)’. The provisional type-approval certificate shall also specify the restrictions that have been imposed as to its validity in accordance with Article 25(4) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.
— If this model is used for vehicle type-approval for a national small series, pursuant to Article 37 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, it shall not bear the heading ‘EU VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE’. The text shall specify the nature of the waivers, the reasons for them and the alternative requirements pursuant to Article 37(2) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.

Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 1
(Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate):
(1) Delete where not applicable.
(2) Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.2 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation.
(3) Classified according to Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘T4.3a’ for a low-clearance tractor with a maximum design speed below or equal to 40 km/h.
(4) Indicate the Member State.
(5) Indicate only the latest amendment in case of an amendment of one or more Articles of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, according to the amendment applied for the EU type-approval.
(6) Applicable only for type-approval of a vehicle as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.
(7) Applicable only for vehicle type-approval for a national small series, pursuant to Article 37 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.
Appendix 2

Model of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for an incomplete type, a vehicle type with complete and incomplete variants, a vehicle type with completed and incomplete variants or a completed vehicle type

EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE MODEL B
(to be used for type-approval of a completed or incomplete vehicle or a vehicle type with complete and incomplete variants or with completed and incomplete variants)

EU WHOLE-VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
Stamp of approval authority
Communication concerning:
EU whole-vehicle type-approval (1) extension of EU whole-vehicle type-approval (1) refusal of EU whole-vehicle type-approval (1) withdrawal of EU whole-vehicle type-approval (1)	of a completed vehicle type (1) of an incomplete vehicle type (1) of a vehicle type with complete and incomplete variants (1) of a vehicle type with completed and incomplete variants (1)
with regard to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, as last amended by (Commission Delegated) (1) Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/… (1) (8) (of the European Parliament and of the Council) (1)
EU type-approval number (1): …
Reason for extension/refusal/withdrawal (1): …
SECTION I 1.1. Make (trade name of manufacturer): …
1.2. Type (2): …
1.2.1 Variant(s) (2): …
1.2.2 Version(s) (2): …
1.2.3. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
1.3. Category, subcategory and speed index of vehicle (3): …
1.4. Company name and address of the manufacturer of the base vehicle (1) (4): …
Company name and address of the manufacturer of the complete variant (1) (4): …
Company name and address of the manufacturer of the completed vehicle/variant (1) (4): …
Company name and address of the manufacturer of the latest built stage of the incomplete vehicle (1) (4): …
Company name(s) and address(es) of the manufacturer(s) of all previous stage(s) (1) (4): …
1.4.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): …
1.4.2. Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …
SECTION II 1. Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: …
2. Date of test report: …
3. Number of test report: …
SECTION III The undersigned hereby certifies the accuracy of the manufacturer's description in the attached information document of the vehicle type described above, for which one or more representative samples, selected by the EU type-approval authority, have been submitted as prototypes of the vehicle type and that the attached test results apply to the vehicle type.

1. For complete variants
1.1. The complete variants of the vehicle type meet/do not meet (1) all relevant requirements as listed in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.

2. For completed vehicles/variants
2.1. The completed vehicle type/completed variant of the vehicle type meets/does not meet (1) all relevant requirements as listed in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 (4):
2.1.1. The approval authority has verified that the completed vehicle/variant of the vehicle type meets all applicable technical requirements at the time of granting this type-approval (cf. Article 20(6) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013).

3. For incomplete vehicles/variants
3.1. The incomplete vehicle type/incomplete variants of the vehicle type meets/does not meet (1) the technical requirements of the regulatory acts listed in the table in point 2 of section 2 (4).

4. The approval is granted/extended/refused/withdrawn (1)
4.1. The approval is granted in accordance with Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and its validity is thus limited to dd/mm/yyyy ( 6 ).
5. Restrictions of validity (1) (6): …
6. Waivers applied (1) (7): …
6.1. Reasons for the waivers (1) (7): …
6.2. Alternative requirements (1) (7): …
Place: …
Date: …
Name and signature (or visual representation of an ‘advanced electronic signature’ according to Directive 1999/93/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, including data for verification): …
Attachments:
Information package
Test results
Name(s) and specimen(s) of the signature(s) of the person(s) authorised to sign certificates of conformity and a statement of their position in the company
A completed specimen of the certificate of conformity

NB:
— If this model is used for type-approval of a vehicle as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the heading of the certificate shall read ‘EU WHOLE-VEHICLE PROVISIONAL TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE VALID ONLY ON THE TERRITORY OF … (5)’. The provisional type-approval certificate shall also specify the restrictions that have been imposed as to its validity in accordance with Article 25(4) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.
— If this model is used for vehicle type-approval for a national small series, pursuant to Article 37 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, it shall not bear the heading ‘EU VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE’. The text shall specify the nature of the waivers, the reasons for them and the alternative requirements pursuant to Article 37(2) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.

EU WHOLE-VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
SECTION 2 This EU type-approval concerns incomplete and completed vehicles, variants or versions.

1. Previous stage(s) approval(s) for the vehicles.
Stage	EU type-approval number	Dated	Applicable to (as appropriate)	Variants and versions which are complete or completed (as appropriate) ( 9 )
1 (base vehicle)				
2				

2. List of requirements applicable to the approved incomplete vehicle type, variant, taking account of the scope and latest amendment to each of the regulatory acts listed below ( 10 ).
Item	Subject	Regulatory act reference	As amended by and/or stage of implementation	Applicable to variants
				

Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 2
(Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate):
(1) Delete where not applicable.
(2) Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.2 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation.
(3) Classified according to Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘T4.3a’ for a low-clearance tractor with a maximum design speed below or equal to 40 km/h.
(4) See section 2.
(5) Indicate the Member State.
(6) Applicable only for type-approval of a vehicle as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013
(7) Applicable only for vehicle type-approval for a national small series, pursuant to Article 37 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013
(8) Indicate only the latest amendment in case of an amendment of one or more Articles of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, according to the amendment applied for the EU type-approval.
(9) In the case where the approval includes one or more incomplete variants or versions (as appropriate), list those variants or versions (as appropriate) which are complete or completed.
(10) List only subjects referred to in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 whose approvals have been granted in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 or the UNECE regulations referred to in Article 49 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 (UNECE approvals), or are based on complete test reports issued on the basis of the OECD standard Codes as an alternative to the test reports drawn up under Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and the delegated and implementing acts adopted pursuant to that Regulation.
Appendix 3

Model of the addendum to the EU type-approval certificate

Addendum to the EU type-approval certificate List of regulatory acts with which the type of vehicle complies
To be filled in only in the case of type-approval in accordance with Article 25(6) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013
Item	Subject	Regulatory act reference	As amended by and/or stage of implementation	Applicable to version
VEHICLE FUNCTIONAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS				
1	Vehicle structure integrity	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex II		
2	Maximum design speed, speed governors and speed limitation devices	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex III		
3	Steering for fast tractors	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex IV		
4	Steering	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex V		
5	Speedometers	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex VI		
6	Field of vision and windscreen wipers	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex VII		
7	Glazing	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex VIII		
8	Rear-view mirrors	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex IX		
9	Driver information systems	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex X		
10	Lighting, light signalling devices and their light sources	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XI		
11	Lighting installation	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XII		
12	Vehicle occupant protection, including interior fittings, head restraints, seat belts, vehicle doors	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XIII		
13	Vehicle exterior and accessories	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XIV		
14	Electro-magnetic compatibility	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XV		
15	Audible warning devices	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XVI		
16	Heating systems	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XVII		
17	Devices to prevent unauthorised use	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XVIII		
18	Registration plates	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XIX		
19	Statutory plates and markings	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XX		
20	Dimensions and trailer masses	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXI		
21	Maximum laden mass	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXII		
22	Ballast masses	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXIII		
23	Safety of electrical systems	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXIV		
24	Fuel tanks	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXV		
25	Rear protective structures	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXVI		
26	Lateral protection	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXVII		
27	Load platforms	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXVIII		
28	Towing devices	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXIX		
29	Tyres	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXX		
30	Spray-suppression systems	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXXI		
31	Reverse gear	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXXII		
32	Tracks	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXXIII		
33	Mechanical couplings	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XXXIV		
VEHICLE BRAKING REQUIREMENTS				
34	Construction and fitting of braking devices and trailer braking couplings	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex I		
35	Testing and performance of braking systems and trailer braking couplings and of vehicles fitted with them	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex II		
36	Measurement of the response time	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex III		
37	Energy sources and energy storage devices of braking systems and trailer braking couplings and to vehicles fitted with them	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex IV		
38	Spring brakes and vehicles fitted with them	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex V		
39	Parking braking systems equipped with a mechanical brake-cylinder locking device	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex VI		
40	Alternative test requirements for vehicles for which Type-I, Type-II or Type-III tests are not mandatory	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex VII		
41	Testing of inertia braking systems, braking devices and trailer braking couplings and of vehicles fitted with them as regards braking	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex VIII		
42	Vehicles with hydrostatic drive and their braking devices and braking systems	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex IX		
43	Safety aspects of complex electronic vehicle control systems	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex X		
44	Test procedures applying to anti-lock braking systems and to vehicles fitted with them	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex XI		
45	EBS of vehicles with compressed-air braking systems or of vehicles with data communication via pin 6 and 7 of ISO 7638 connector and to vehicles fitted with such EBS	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex XII		
46	Hydraulic connections of the single-line type and to vehicles fitted with them	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 Annex XIII		
VEHICLE CONSTRUCTION AND GENERAL TYPE-APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS				
47	Arrangements with regard to type-approval procedures, including the requirements relating to virtual testing	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex III		
48	Arrangements with regard to conformity of production	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex IV		
49	Access to repair and maintenance information	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex V		
50	Roll-over protection structures (dynamic testing)	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex VI		
51	Roll-over protection structures (track-laying tractors)	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex VII		
52	Roll-over protection structures (static testing)	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex VIII		
53	Roll-over protection structures (front mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track tractors)	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex IX		
54	Roll-over protection structures (rear mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track tractors)	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex X		
55	Falling objects protection structures	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XI		
56	Passenger seats	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XII		
57	Driver's exposure to noise level	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XIII		
58	Driving seat	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XIV		
59	Operating space and to access to the driving position	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XV		
60	Power take-offs	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XVI		
61	Protection of drive components	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XVII		
62	Seat-belt anchorages	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XVIII		
63	Safety belts	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XIX		
64	Protection against penetrating objects	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XX		
65	Exhaust system	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXI		
66	Operator's manual	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXII		
67	Control devices, including safety and reliability of control systems and emergency and automatic stop devices	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXIII		
68	Protection against other mechanical hazards	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXIV		
69	Guards and protective devices	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXV		
70	Information warnings and markings	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXVI		
71	Materials and products	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXVII		
72	Batteries	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXVIII		
73	Protection against hazardous substances	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXIX		
74	Performance standards and assessment of technical services	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 Annex XXX		
ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION UNIT PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS				
75	EU type-approval of a type of engine or engine family for an agricultural and forestry vehicle type as a component / separate technical unit regarding the pollutants emitted	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2018/985 Annex I		
76	EU type-approval of an agricultural and forestry vehicle type equipped with an engine type or engine family regarding the pollutants emitted	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2018/985 Annex I		
77	External sound emission	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2018/985 Annex III		
Appendix 4

Model of the EU type-approval certificate for a vehicle system

EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE MODEL C
(to be used for type-approval of a vehicle system)

EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
Stamp of approval authority
Communication concerning:
EU type-approval (1) extension of EU type-approval (1) refusal of EU type-approval (1) withdrawal of EU type-approval (1)	of a type of system/a type of a vehicle with regard to a system (1) (0)
with regard to Annex(es) (7) … to Commission Delegated Regulation(s) (EU) (No) (1) …/…, (and Annex(es) … (7) to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/…) (1) as last amended by (Commission Delegated) (1) Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/… (1) (6) (of the European Parliament and of the Council) (1)
EU type-approval number (1): …
Reason for extension/refusal/withdrawal (1): …
SECTION I 2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 11 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.3. Company name and address of the manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plant(s): …
2.3.2. Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …
2.4. Vehicle(s) for which is intended for (8):
2.4.1. Type (2): …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (2): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (2): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of vehicle (3): …
SECTION II 1. Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: …
2. Date of test report: …
3. Number of test report: …
SECTION III The undersigned hereby certifies the accuracy of the manufacturer's description in the attached information document of the type of system/type of a vehicle with regard to a system (1) (0) described above, for which one or more representative samples, selected by the EU type-approval authority, have been submitted as prototypes of the type of (0) … and that the attached test results apply to the type of (0) …
1. The type of system/type of a vehicle with regard to a system (1) (0) and the component(s) and/or separate technical unit(s) installed on the vehicle(s) (9) meets/does not meet (1) the technical requirements of the relevant regulatory acts.

2. The approval is granted/extended/refused/withdrawn (1)
2.1. The approval is granted in accordance with Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and the validity of the approval is thus limited to dd/mm/yyyy ( 6 ).
3. Restrictions of validity (1) (6): …
Place: …
Date: …
Name and signature (or visual representation of an ‘advanced electronic signature’ according to Directive 99/93/EC, including data for verification): …
Attachments:
Information package
Test report

NB:
If this model is used for type-approval of a system as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the heading of the certificate shall read ‘EU PROVISIONAL TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE VALID ONLY ON THE TERRITORY OF … (4)’, The provisional type-approval certificate shall also specify the restrictions that have been imposed as to its validity in accordance with Article 25(4) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.

EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
Section 2 This EU type-approval concerns a type of system/type of a vehicle with regard to a system (1) (0).
Component(s) and/or separate technical unit(s) to be installed on the vehicle type (8) to comply with the system type-approval:
Component/Separate technical unit (10)	alphanumerical character (10)	Type-approval number
		

Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 4
(Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the EU type-approval certificate for a vehicle system):
(0) Indicate the system, component or separate technical unit according to first column of Table 6-1 of Annex VI to this Regulation (e.g. installation of an engine/engine family)
(1) Delete where not applicable.
(2) Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.2 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation.
(3) Classified according to Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘T4.3a’ for a low-clearance tractor with a maximum design speed below or equal to 40 km/h.
(4) Indicate the Member State.
(5) Applicable only for type-approval of a system as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.
(6) Indicate the latest amendment of the Commission Delegated Regulation according to the amendment applied for the EU type-approval.
(7) The Roman numeral of the relevant Annex to the Commission Delegated Regulation or multiple Roman numerals of the relevant Annexes to the same Commission Delegated Regulation.
(8) Provide this information for each vehicle type.
(9) See section 2.
(10) In accordance with Table 6-1 of Annex VI to this Regulation.
(11) Indicate the engine type designation or, in case of engine types within an engine family, the Family Type (FT) in accordance with point 4 of Part B of Annex I to Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/656.
Appendix 5

Model of the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component

EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE MODEL D
(to be used for component/separate technical unit type-approval)
EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
Stamp of approval authority
Communication concerning:
EU type-approval (1) extension of EU type-approval (1) refusal of EU type-approval (1) withdrawal of EU type-approval (1)	of a type of component/separate technical unit (1) (0)
with regard to Annex(es) … (5) to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/… (and Annex(es) … (5) to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/…) (1), as last amended by (Commission Delegated) (1) Regulation (EU) …/… (1) (6) (of the European Parliament and of the Council) (1)
EU type-approval number (1): …
Reason for extension/refusal/withdrawal (1): …
SECTION I 2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …
2.2. Type ( 7 ): …
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.3. Company name and address of the manufacturer: …
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plant(s): …
2.3.2. Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …
2.4. In the case of separate technical unit, vehicle(s) for which is intended for (6):
2.4.1. Type (2) …
2.4.2. Variant(s) (2): …
2.4.3. Version(s) (2): …
2.4.4. Commercial name(s) (if available): …
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of vehicle (3): …
2.6. Location and method of attachment of the type-approval mark: …
SECTION II 1. Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: …
2. Date of test report: …
3. Number of test report: …
SECTION III The undersigned hereby certifies the accuracy of the manufacturer's description in the attached information document of the type of component/separate technical unit (1) (0) described above, for which one or more representative samples, selected by the EU type-approval authority, have been submitted as prototypes of the type of (0) … and that the attached test results apply to the type of (0) …
1. The type of component/separate technical unit (1) (0) meets/does not meet (1) the technical requirements of the relevant regulatory acts.

2. The approval is granted/extended/refused/withdrawn (1)
2.1. The approval is granted in accordance with Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and the validity of the approval is thus limited to dd/mm/yyyy ( 4 ).
3. Restrictions of validity (1) (4): …
Place: …
Date: …
Name and signature (or visual representation of an ‘advanced electronic signature’ according to Directive 1999/93/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, including data for verification): …
Attachments:
Information package
Test report

NB:
If this model is used for type-approval of a component or separate technical unit as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the heading of the certificate shall read ‘EU PROVISIONAL TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE VALID ONLY ON THE TERRITORY OF … (3)’, The provisional type-approval certificate shall also specify the restrictions that have been imposed as to its validity in accordance with Article 25(4) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.

Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 5
(Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component):
(0) Indicate the component/separate technical unit according to first column of Table 6-1 of Annex VI to this Regulation (e.g. roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (dynamic testing)).
(1) Delete where not applicable.
(2) Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation.
(3) Indicate the Member State.
(4) Applicable only for type-approval of a component or separate technical unit as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013
(5) The Roman numeral of the relevant Annex to the Commission Delegated Regulation or multiple Roman numerals of the relevant Annexes to the same Commission Delegated Regulation.
(6) Provide this information for each vehicle type.
(7) Indicate the engine type designation or, in case of engine types within an engine family, the Family Type (FT) in accordance with point 4 of Part B of Annex I to Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/656.
Appendix 6

Model of the addendum to the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component

Addendum to the EU type-approval certificate ADDENDUM TO THE EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE WITH TYPE-APPROVAL NUMBER …
1. Restriction of use of the …: …
Delete where not applicable.
Identify the component or separate technical unit according to the first column of Table 6-1 of Annex VI to this Regulation (EU) (e.g. roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (dynamic testing)).
In accordance with Article 26(4) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, indicate the restrictions of use and the special conditions for the mounting of the component/separate technical unit.
…
…
…
2. Special conditions for the mounting of the …: …
…
…
…
3. Remarks: …
…
…
…

Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 6 (Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the addendum to the EU type-approval certificate):

ANNEX VI Numbering system of EU type-approval certificates
1. EU type-approval certificates shall be numbered in accordance with the method set out in this Annex.
2. The EU type-approval number shall consist of a total of four sections for whole-vehicle type-approvals and five sections for type-approval of systems, components, and separate technical units as detailed below. In all cases, the sections shall be separated by an asterisk (‘*’).
2.1. Section 1: The lower-case letter ‘e’ followed by the distinguishing number of the Member State issuing the EU type-approval, applicable for all type-approval numbers.
1	Germany	19	Romania
2	France	20	Poland
3	Italy	21	Portugal
4	The Netherlands	23	Greece
5	Sweden	24	Ireland
6	Belgium	25	Croatia
7	Hungary	26	Slovenia
8	Czech Republic	27	Slovakia
9	Spain	29	Estonia
11	United Kingdom	32	Latvia
12	Austria	34	Bulgaria
13	Luxembourg	36	Lithuania
17	Finland	49	Cyprus
18	Denmark	50	Malta
2.2. Section 2: The number of the applicable Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council or Commission Delegated Regulation.
2.2.1. In case of EU whole-vehicle type-approval ‘167/2013’ shall be indicated;
2.2.2. In the case of national small series whole-vehicle type-approvals in accordance with Article 37 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the letters NKS in block capitals shall precede the ‘167/2013’;
2.2.3. In the case of a system, component or separate technical unit type-approval, the number of the corresponding Commission Delegated Regulation supplementing Regulation (EU) No 167/2013: ‘ 2015/208 ’ , ‘ 2015/68 ’ , ‘ 1322/2014 ’ , ‘ 2015/96 ’ or ‘ 2018/985 ’ shall be indicated.
2.3. Section 3: the latest amending Commission Delegated Regulation (e.g. ‘RRR/2016’) followed by the identification code of the system, component or separate technical unit, the stage of implementation and/or the class of the device applicable to the type-approval according to Table 6-1.
2.3.1. In the case of EU whole-vehicle type-approval, section 3 shall be omitted;
2.3.2. In the case of EU type-approval of a system, component or separate technical unit, the number of the last amending Commission Delegated Regulation followed with an alphanumerical character as set out in Table 6-1 to clearly identify the type of system, component or separate technical unit shall be indicated.
2.4. Section 4: Sequential number for type-approval certificates.
A sequential number with leading zeros (as applicable), to denote the type-approval number. The sequential number shall have five digits starting from ‘00001’.
2.5. Section 5: Sequential number to denote the extension number of the type-approval:
a two-digit sequential number, with leading zero as applicable, starting from ‘00’ for each type-approval number issued.
3. On the vehicle's statutory plate(s) only, section 5 shall be omitted.

4. Lay-out of the type-approval numbers (with fictive sequential numbers and fictive amending Commission Delegated Regulation number (‘RRR/2016’) for explanation purposes)
Example of a component unit type-approval of a tyre, which has not yet been extended, issued by France:
e2*2015/208*2015/208M*00003*00

— e2
France (section 1)

— 2015/208
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 (section 2)

— 2015/208M
repeat the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 to denote that it has not been amended and the letter ‘M’ to indicate that is a tyre (section 3)

— 00003
type-approval sequential number (section 4)

— 00
extension number (section 5)
Example of a vehicle system type-approval of an installation of an engine/engine family, amended by another Commission Delegated Regulation RRR/2016 which has been extended twice, issued by Bulgaria:
e34*2015/96*RRR/2016A*00403*02

— e34
Bulgaria (section 1)

— 2015/96
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/96 (section 2)

— RRR/2016A
amending Commission Delegated Regulationn number (RRR/2016) and the letter ‘A’ to indicate that is an installation of an engine/engine family (section 3)

— 00403
type-approval sequential number (section 4)

— 02
extension number (section 5)
Example of a national small series whole vehicle type-approval, which has been extended once, issued by Austria and granted in accordance with Article 42 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013:
e12*NKS167/2013*00001*01

— e12
Austria (section 1)

— NKS167/2013
Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 precede by the national small-series denominator (section 2)

— 00001
type-approval sequential number (section 4)

— 01
extension number (section 5)
Example of a whole vehicle type-approval number, which has been extended five times, issued by the Netherlands:
e4*167/2013*10690*05

— e4
the Netherlands (section 1) 167/2013 Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 (section 2)

— 167/2013
Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 (section 2)

— 10690
type-approval sequential number (section 4)

— 05
extension number (section 5)

Table 6-1 Codification for the numbering system of EU type-approval certificates of systems, components and separate technical units

LIST I — Environmental and propulsion unit performance requirements
System or component/separate technical unit (STU)	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU)	alphanumerical character
System: installation of an engine/engine family	2015/96	A
System: installation of an Stage V engine/engine family	2018/985	A1
System: external sound level	2015/96 or 2018/985	B
Component/STU: engine/engine family	2015/96	C
Component/STU: Stage V engine/engine family	2018/985	C1

LIST II — Vehicle functional safety requirements
System or component/separate technical unit (STU)	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU)	alphanumerical character
System: driver information	2015/208	D
System: installation of lighting and light-signalling devices	2015/208	E
System: electro-magnetic compatibility	2015/208	F
System: installation of audible warning device(s)	2015/208	G
System: installation of rear-view mirrors	2015/208	H
System: installation of crawler undercarriage	2015/208	I
Component/ STU: electro-magnetic compatibility of electrical / electronic sub-assemblies	2015/208	J
Component/STU: ballast masses	2015/208	K
Component/STU: lateral and/or rear protective structure	2015/208	L
Component: tyre	2015/208	M
Component/STU: mechanical coupling (dynamic test method)	2015/208	ND
Component/STU: mechanical coupling (static test method)	2015/208	NS

LIST III — Vehicle braking requirements
System or component/separate technical unit (STU)	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU)	alphanumerical character
System: braking	2015/68	P

LIST IV — Vehicle construction and general type-approval requirements
System or component/separate technical unit (STU)	Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No	alphanumerical character
System: driver's exposure to noise level	1322/2014	R
System: seat belt anchorages	1322/2014	S
System: protection against hazardous substances	1322/2014	T
STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (dynamic testing)	1322/2014	U1
STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (track-laying tractors)	1322/2014	U2
STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (static testing)	1322/2014	U3
STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (front mounted narrow-track tractors, static testing)	1322/2014	U4S
STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (front mounted narrow-track tractors, dynamic testing)	1322/2014	U4D
STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (rear mounted narrow-track tractors, static testing)	1322/2014	U5S
STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (rear mounted narrow-track tractors, dynamic testing)	1322/2014	U5D
STU: falling objects protective structure (FOPS)	1322/2014	V
Component/STU: driver's seat (Category A — Class I)	1322/2014	W1
Component/STU: driver's seat (Category A — Class II)	1322/2014	W2
Component/STU: driver's seat (Category A — Class III)	1322/2014	W3
Component/STU: driver's seat (Category B)	1322/2014	W4
Component/STU: safety belts	1322/2014	X
STU: protection against penetrating objects	1322/2014	Y

ANNEX VII Template for the test results sheet

1. General requirements
1.1. The type-approval authority shall provide and attach to the EU type-approval certificate, in accordance with Article 25(3) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the test results sheet which shall take the form set out in Appendix 1 to this Annex.
1.2. In each case, the information must make clear to which variant and version it is applicable. One version may not have more than one result. However, a combination of several results per version indicating the worst case is permissible. In the latter case, a note shall state that for items marked (*) only worst case results are given.
Appendix 1

Model of the test results sheet

EU TEST RESULTS SHEET MODEL
Format: A4 (210 × 297 mm)
TEST RESULTS
(to be completed by the EU type-approval authority and attached to the EU type-approval certificate)

1. Results of the sound level test (external):
Measured in accordance with Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2018/985, as last amended by Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) …/… ( 1 ) ( 3 )
Variant/version:	…	…	…
Moving:	… dB(A)	… dB(A)	… dB(A)
Stationary:	… dB(A)	… dB(A)	… dB(A)
Engine speed:	… min–1	… min–1	… min–1

2. Results of the exhaust emission tests
Measured according to:
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2018/985, as last amended by Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) …/… ( 1 ) ( 3 ): yes/no ( 1 ); or
Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 of the European Parliament and of the Council, as last amended by (Commission Delegated) ( 1 ) Regulation (EU) …/… (of the European Parliament and of the Council) ( 1 ) ( 4 ): yes/no ( 1 ); or
Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council, as last amended by (Commission Delegated) (1) Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/… (1) (5) (of the European Parliament and of the Council) (1): yes/no (1); or
. . . . .

2.1. NRSC ( 2 ): … / ESC / WHSC ( 1 ) final test results (inclusive of Deterioration Factor) ( 6 ):
Variant/Version	…	…	…
CO	… g/kWh	… g/kWh	… g/kWh
HC	… g/kWh	… g/kWh	… g/kWh
NO x	… g/kWh	… g/kWh	… g/kWh
HC + NO x	… g/kWh	… g/kWh	… g/kWh
PM	… g/kWh	… g/kWh	… g/kWh
PN	… #/kWh	… #/kWh	… #/kWh

2.2. Non-road transient test cycle ( 7 ): … / ETC / WHTC ( 1 ) final test results (inclusive of Deterioration Factor) ( 8 ):
Variant/Version	…	…	…
CO	… g/kWh	… g/kWh	… g/kWh
HC	… g/kWh	… g/kWh	… g/kWh
NO x	… g/kWh	… g/kWh	… g/kWh
HC + NO x	… g/kWh	… g/kWh	… g/kWh
PM	… g/kWh	… g/kWh	… g/kWh
PN	… #/kWh	… #/kWh	… #/kWh

2.3. CO 2 ( 9 )
Variant/Version	…	…	…
CO 2	…	…	…

3. Driver-perceived sound level
Measured according to Annex XIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014, as last amended by Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) …/… (1) (3)
Variant/version:	…	…	…
Driver's exposure to noise level	… dB(A)	… dB(A)	… dB(A)
Test method used:			
Test method 1 in accordance with section 2 of Annex XIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 (1)	—	—	—
Test method 2 in accordance with: section 3 of Annex XIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 (1)			

4. Braking performance
Measured according to Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68, as last amended by Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) …/… ( 1 ) ( 3 )

Table I
	Axles of the vehicle			Reference axles		
	Static mass (P) 1	Braking force needed at wheels	Speed	Test mass (P e ) See point 2.1. of Appendix 1 to Annex VII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68.	Braking force developed at wheels	Speed
	kg	N	km/h	kg	N	km/h
Axle 1Axle 2Axle 3Axle 4						

Table II
Total mass of the vehicle submitted for approval … kg
Braking force needed at wheels … N
Retarding torque needed at main shaft of endurance braking system … Nm
Retarding torque obtained at main shaft of endurance braking system (according to diagram) … Nm

Table III
Reference axle … Report No. … Date …… (copy attached)				
	Type-I		Type-III	
Braking force per axle (N)(See point 4.2.1. of Appendix 1 to Annex VII to Regulation (EU) 2015/68)				
Axle 1Axle 2Axle 3	T 1 = … % F e T 2 = … % F e T 3 = … % F e		T 1 = … % F e T 2 = … % F e T 3 = … % F e	
Predicted actuator stroke (mm)(See point 4.3.1.1. of Appendix 1 to Annex VII to Regulation (EU) 2015/68)				
Axle 1Axle 2Axle 3	s 1 = … s 2 = … s 3 = …		s 1 = … s 2 = … s 3 = …	
Average thrust output (N)(See point 4.3.1.2. of Appendix 1 to Annex VII to Regulation (EU) 2015/68)				
Axle 1Axle 2Axle 3	Th A1 = … Th A2 = … Th A3 = …		Th A1 = … Th A2 = … Th A3 = …	
Braking performance (N)(See point 4.3.1.4. of Appendix 1 to Annex VII to Regulation (EU) 2015/68)				
Axle 1Axle 2Axle 3	T 1 = … T 2 = … T 3 = …		T 1 = … T 2 = … T 3 = …	
	Type-0 subject towed vehicle test result (E)	Type-I hot (predicted)		Type-III hot (predicted)
Braking performance of vehicle(See points 2.3.3, 2.4.3 and 2.5.5 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2015/68)				

Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 1
(Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the test results sheet):
(1) Delete where not applicable.
(2) For vehicles fitted with engines tested in accordance with a non-road steady-state test cycle, indicate the test cycle in accordance with point 9.1 (Table 4) of the template for the single format of the test report set out in Appendix 1 to Annex VI to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/656.
(3) Indicate the latest amendment of the Commission Delegated Regulation according to the amendment applied for the EU type-approval.
(4) Indicate only the latest amendment.
(5) Indicate only the latest amendment in case of an amendment of one or more Articles of Regulation (EU) No 595/2009, according to the amendment applied for the EU type-approval.

(6) For each engine type fitted on every variant/version, indicate:
(a) for engines tested in accordance with a non-road steady-state test cycle, copy the ‘ Final test result with DF ’ results from Table 6 of the template for the single format of the test report set out in Appendix 1 to Annex VI to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/656,
(b) for engines tested on heavy duty test cycles, indicate the final test results (inclusive of Deterioration Factor) of the ESC/WHSC test in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 595/2009.
(7) For vehicles fitted with engines tested in accordance with a non-road transient test cycle, indicate the test cycle in accordance with point 10.1 (Table 8) of the template for the single format of the test report set out in Appendix 1 to Annex VI to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/656.

(8) For each engine type fitted on every variant/version, indicate:
(a) for engines tested in accordance with a non-road transient test cycle, copy the ‘ Final test result with DF ’ results from Table 9 or, as applicable, from Table 10, of the template for the single format of the test report set out in Appendix 1 to Annex VI to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/656,
(b) for engines tested on heavy duty test cycles, indicate the final test results (inclusive of Deterioration Factor) of the ETC/WHTC test in accordance with Regulation (EC) 595/2009.

(9) For each engine type fitted on every variant/version, indicate:
(a) for an engine type or engine family that is tested on both the NRSC and a non-road transient test cycle, copy, as applicable, the following values of the template for the single format of the test report set out in Appendix 1 to Annex VI to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/656: the hot cycle CO 2 emissions values from the NRTC noted in point 10.3.4; the CO 2 emissions values from the LSI-NRTC noted in point 10.4.4; or, for an engine only tested on an NRSC, indicate the CO 2 emissions values given in that cycle from point 9.3.3,
(b) for engines tested on heavy duty test cycles, indicate the CO 2 result of the ESC/WHSC or ETC/WHTC test in accordance with Regulation (EC) 595/2009.

ANNEX VIII Format of test reports

1. General requirements for the format of the test reports
1.1. For each of the regulatory acts listed in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, the template of the test reports shall be drawn up by the technical service in accordance with its rules of good practice.
1.2. The format shall be designed to accommodate each type of test carried out and to minimise the possibility of misunderstanding or misuse. Especial attention should be given with regard to the presentation of the test data and ease of assimilation by the reader.
1.2.1. The headings should be standardised as far as possible.
1.3. The test report shall be drafted in one or more of the official Union languages determined by the approval authority.
1.3.1. Where a test has been carried out in a Member State other than the one handling the approval application, the approval authority may require the applicant to provide a certified translation of the test report.
1.4. Only authenticated copies of a test report shall be submitted.
1.5. If calibration is required for performing the tests, the corresponding calibration certificate(s) shall be appended to the test reports. The calibration certificate(s) shall comply with the provisions laid down in point 5.10 (Reporting the results) of Standard EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005 (General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories).

2. Requirements for the content of the test reports
The test reports shall include the following information:
2.1. a title (e.g. ‘Test Report on …’);
2.2. the name and address of the technical service, and the location where the tests and/or calibrations were carried out, if different from the address of the technical service;
2.3. an unique identification of the test report or calibration certificate (such as the serial number), and on each page an identification in order to ensure that the page is recognised as a part of the test report or calibration certificate, and a clear identification of the end of the test report or calibration certificate;
2.3.1. hard copies of test reports and calibration certificates should also include the page number and total number of pages;
2.4. a statement specifying that the test report shall not be reproduced except in full, without written approval of the technical service;
2.5. general information concerning vehicles, as laid down in section 1 of the information document data entries laid down in point 5 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation;
2.5.1. The information must indicate the variant and/or version to which it applies. One version shall not have more than one test result. However, a combination of several test results per version, indicating the worst case, is permissible. In this case, a note shall state that for items marked (*) only worst-case results are given.
2.6. general information concerning the system(s), component(s) or separate technical unit(s) tested vehicles, as laid down in section 2 of the information document data entries laid down in point 5 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation;
2.7. the identification number and description of the parts and equipment having a significant influence role in determining the test results;
2.8. identification of the test method used;
2.8.1. the date of receipt of the test or calibration item(s) where this is critical to the validity and application of the results, and the date(s) of performance of the test or calibration;
2.9. ambient conditions influencing the test: atmospheric pressure (kPa); relative humidity (%); ambient temperature (K); wind speed and direction on test track (km/h), etc.;
2.10. condition of the vehicle influencing the test, such as fitted accessories; actual masses; test voltage; tyre sizes; tyre pressures; etc.;
2.11. detailed description of the characteristics of the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit tested having relevant impact on the test results;
2.12. when the tests are conducted on a vehicle, system, component or technical unit which combines a number of least favourable features concerning the required performance level (the worst-case), the test report shall include a reference stating how the selection was made by the manufacturer in agreement with the technical service;
2.13. the measurement results specified in the relevant regulatory acts and, where required, the limits or thresholds to be met and the units of measurement;
2.14. with regard to each measurement mentioned in point 2.12, the relevant decision: passed or failed;
2.15. where relevant, a statement to the effect that the results relate only to the items tested or calibrated;
2.16. a detailed statement of compliance with the various provisions to be met, i.e. provisions for which measurements were not required;
2.17. when test methods other than those prescribed in the regulatory acts are permitted, the report shall describe the test method used. The same applies when alternative provisions to those in the regulatory acts may be applied;
2.18. the number of photographs to be taken during testing shall be decided by the approval authority. In the case of virtual testing, screen prints or other suitable evidence may replace photographs;
2.19. Technical service responsible for carrying out the test and the name(s), function(s) and signature(s) or equivalent identification of person(s) authorising the test report;
2.20. Conclusions drawn up;
2.21. when opinions, assumptions and interpretations have been made, the technical service shall document the basis upon which the opinions and interpretations have been made and they shall be documented properly and marked as such in the test report;
2.21.1. where necessary for the interpretation of the test results, include the following:
(a) deviations from, additions to, or exclusions from the test method, and information on specific test;
(b) where relevant, a statement of compliance/non-compliance with requirements and/or specifications;
(c) where applicable, a statement on the estimated uncertainty of measurement; information on uncertainty is needed in test reports when it is relevant to the validity or application of the test results, when a manufacturer's instruction so requires, or when the uncertainty affects compliance to a specification limit;
(d) where appropriate and needed, opinions and interpretations, in accordance with point 2.21.2;
(e) any additional information.
2.21.2. Opinions and interpretations included in a test report may comprise, but not be limited to, the following:
(a) an opinion on the statement of compliance/noncompliance of the results with the requirements;
(b) recommendations on how to use the results;
(c) guidance to be used for improvements;
(d) in case that the opinions and interpretations communicated by direct dialogue with the manufacturer, such dialogue should be written down.

3. Special provisions
3.1. With regard to technical requirements set out in the delegated acts adopted pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and based on
(a) UNECE Regulations, e.g. UNECE Regulation No 13 on uniform provisions concerning the approval of vehicles of categories M, N and O with regard to braking (OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 1),
(b) OECD standard codes for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors, e.g. OECD Code 7 for the official testing of rear mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, or
(c) EN/ISO standards, e.g. EN 15695-1 on cab classification, requirements and test procedures for protection of the driver against hazardous substances,
test reports shall contain the same technical information and shall display it in the same order as in the templates of the test reports set out in the UNECE Regulation, OECD Code and EN/ISO standard.
3.2. Test reports issued under Directive 2003/37/EC, Regulation (EU) 2016/1628, Regulation (EC) No 595/2009, Directive 2007/46/EC or international regulations referred to in Chapter XIII of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and the delegated and implementing acts adopted pursuant to that Regulation shall be accepted for the purposes of type-approval under Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 for the following components and separate technical units under the conditions indicated in Table 8-1:

Table 8-1
Test reports of components and separate units that can be presented when applying for type-approvals under Regulation (EU) No 167/2013
Component/STU	Conditions of acceptance
Component/STU: engine/engine family	Test report issued under Directive 2000/25 as last amended by Commission Directive 2014/43/EU; Test report issued under Regulation EU 2016/1628; and Test report issued under Regulation (EC) No 595/2009
Component / STU: electro-magnetic compatibility of electrical / electronic sub-assemblies	Test report issued under Directive 2009/64/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council Directive 2009/64/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the suppression of radio interference produced by agricultural or forestry tractors (electromagnetic compatibility) (OJ L 216, 20.8.2009, p. 1). , as far as the testing equipment has been updated in: Radiated broadband and narrowband electromagnetic emissions from vehicles Radiated broadband and narrowband electromagnetic emissions from electronic sub-assemblies The measuring equipment and test site shall comply with the requirements of publication No 16-1 series of the International Special Committee on Radio Interference (CISPR): Radiated broadband and narrowband electromagnetic emissions from vehicles Antenna calibration may be according to the method described in CISPR publication No 12, Edition 6, Annex C, and Test report issued under UNECE Regulation 10, 04 series of amendments, Corrigendum 1 to the Revision 4, supplement 1 to the 04 series of amendments ( OJ L 254, 20.9.2012, p. 1 .)
Component/STU: ballast masses	Test report issued under Directive 2009/63/EC Directive 2009/63/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on certain parts and characteristics of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 241, 19.8.2009, p. 23).
Component/STU: lateral and/or rear protective structure	Test report issued under Directive 89/297/EC Council Directive 89/297/EEC of 13 April 1989 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the lateral protection (side guards) of certain motor vehicles and their trailers (OJ L 124, 13.4.1989, p. 1). (O3- and O4-category vehicles), Test report issued under UNECE R73, 01 series of amendments (O3- and O4-category vehicles) (OJ L 122, 8.5.2012, p. 1), and Test report issued under Directive 70/221/EEC Council Directive 70/221/EEC of 20 March 1970 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to liquid fuel tanks and rear protective devices for motor vehicles and their trailers (OJ L 76, 6.4.1970, p. 23). , as amended by Commission Directive 2006/20/EC Commission Directive 2006/20/EC of 17 February 2006 amending, for the purposes of its adaptation to technical progress, Council Directive 70/221/EEC concerning fuel tanks and rear underrun protection of motor vehicles and their trailers (OJ L 48, 18.2.2006, p. 16). (O-category vehicles)
Component/STU: mechanical coupling	Test report issued under Directive 2009/144/EC Directive 2009/144/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 November 2009 on certain components and characteristics of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 27, 30.1.2010, p. 33). : Dynamic or Static test method only accepted for vehicles with ‘a’ speed index: maximum design speed not exceeding 40 km/h. Dynamic test method accepted for vehicles with ‘b’ speed index: maximum design speed exceeding 40 km/h)
STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (dynamic testing)	Test report issued under the OECD standard code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (dynamic test), OECD Code 3, Edition 2012 of Fe2012
STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (track-laying tractors)	Test reports issued under the OECD standard code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry track-laying tractors, OECD Code 8, Edition 2012 of February 2012
STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (static testing)	Test reports issued under the OECD standard Code for the official testing of protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors (static test), OECD Code 4, Edition 2012 of February 2012
STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (front mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track tractors)	Test reports in conformity with the OECD standard code for the official testing of front mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 6, Edition 2012 of February 2012
STU: roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (rear mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track tractors)	Test reports in conformity with the OECD standard code for the official testing of rear mounted roll-over protective structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry tractors, OECD Code 7, Edition 2012 of February 2012
STU: falling objects protective structure (FOPS)	Test report issued under Directive 2009/144/EC as amended by Commission Directive 2010/52/EU Commission Directive 2010/52/EU of 11 August 2010 amending, for the purposes of adaptation of their technical provisions, Council Directive 76/763/EEC relating to passenger seats for wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors and Directive 2009/144/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on certain components and characteristics of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 213, 13.8.2010, p. 37). or OECD standard code for the official testing of falling object protective structures on agricultural and forestry tractors Code 10 — Edition 2009 of February 2009
Component/STU: driver's seat	Test report issued under Council Directive 78/764/EEC Council Directive 78/764/EEC of 25 July 1978 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the driver's seat on wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 255, 18.9.1978, p. 1). as amended by Commission Directive 1999/57/EC Commission Directive 1999/57/EC of 7 June 1999 adapting to technical progress Council Directive 78/764/EEC relating to the driver's seat on wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 148, 15.6.1999, p. 35).
Component/STU: safety belts	Test report issued under UNECE Regulation No 16 Supplement 1 to the 06 series of amendments (OJ L 233, 9.9.2011, p. 1)
STU: protection against penetrating objects (OPS)	Test report issued under Directive 2009/144/EC as amended by Commission Directive 2010/52/EU, and Test report issued under UNECE Regulation No 43 Supplement 12 to the 00 series of amendments, Annex 14 (OJ L 230, 31.8.2010, p. 119)
	
	
	
3.3. Test reports on braking
The models of the test reports for braking are set out in Appendices 1 to 5.
3.4. Additional information to be stated in model test report form for the alternative procedures for Type-I and Type-III tests for towed vehicle brakes (Annex VII, Appendix 1 to Regulation (EU) 2015/68) set out in Appendix 1

3.4.1. Test report number
The test report number consists of two parts: a base part and a suffix which identifies the issue level of the test report.
3.4.1.1. The base part, consisting of a maximum of 20 characters, and suffix shall be clearly separated from each other using e.g. a dot or slash.
3.4.1.2. The base part of the test report number shall only cover brakes with the same brake identifier and the same brake factor.

3.4.2. Test code
In addition to the test report number a ‘ test code ’ consisting of up to eight characters (e.g. ABC123) shall indicate the test results applicable to the identifiers and the test specimen, which is described by the details given in point 3.7. of Appendix 1 to Annex VII to Regulation (EU) 2015/68.

3.5. Test report for engines
Test reports for engines shall be drafted in accordance with the single format of the test report set out in Annex VI to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/656.
Appendix 1

Model test report form for the alternative procedures for Type-I and Type-III tests for towed vehicle brakes (Annex VII, Appendix 1 to Regulation (EU) 2015/68)
Test Report No. …
Base part: ID4- …
Suffix: …
1. General …
1.1. Axle manufacturer (name and address): …
1.1.1. Make of axle manufacturer: …
1.2. Brake manufacturer (name and address): …
1.2.1. Brake identifier ID2-: …
1.2.2. Automatic brake adjustment device: integrated/non-integrated
Strike out what does not apply.
1.3. Manufacturer's Information Document:

2. Test Record
The following data has to be recorded for each test:
2.1. Test code: …
2.2. Test specimen: (precise identification of the variant tested related to the Manufacturer's Information Document.)
2.2.1. Axle
2.2.1.1. Axle identifier: ID1- …
2.2.1.2. Identification of tested axle: …
2.2.1.3. Test axle load (Fe identifier): ID3- … daN
2.2.2. Brake
2.2.2.1. Brake identifier: ID2- …
2.2.2.2. Identification of tested brake: …
2.2.2.3. Maximum stroke capability of the brake : …
Applies to disc brakes only.
2.2.2.4. Effective length of the cam shaft 3 : …
2.2.2.5. Material variation as per point 3.8 (m) of Appendix 1 to Annex VII to Regulation (EU) 2015/68: …
2.2.2.6. Brake drum / disc …
2.2.2.6.1. Actual test mass of disc / drum : …
2.2.2.6.2. Nominal external diameter of disc : …
2.2.2.6.3. Type of cooling of the disc ventilated/non-ventilated
2.2.2.6.4. With or without integrated hub
2.2.2.6.5. Disc with integrated drum – with or without parking brake function
2.2.2.6.6. Geometric relationship between disc friction surfaces and disc mounting: …
2.2.2.6.7. Base material: …
2.2.2.7. Brake lining or pad
2.2.2.7.1. Manufacturer: …
2.2.2.7.2. Make: …
2.2.2.7.3. Type: …
2.2.2.7.4. Method of attachment of the lining / pad on the brake shoe / back plate : …
2.2.2.7.5. Thickness of back plate, weight of shoes or other describing information (Manufacturer's Information Document) : …
2.2.2.7.6. Base material of brake shoe / back plate : …
2.2.3. Automatic brake adjustment device (not applicable in the case of integrated automatic brake adjustment device)
2.2.3.1. Manufacturer (name and address): …
2.2.3.2. Make: …
2.2.3.3. Type: …
2.2.3.4. Version: …
2.2.4. Wheel(s) (dimensions see Figures 1A and 1B in the information document of towed vehicle axle and brake with respect to the alternative procedures for Type I and Type III tests)
2.2.4.1. Reference tyre rolling radius (R e ) at test axle load (F e ): …

2.2.4.2. Data of the fitted wheel during testing:
Tyre size	Rim size	X e (mm)	D e (mm)	E e (mm)	G e (mm)
					
2.2.5. Lever length le: …
2.2.6. Brake actuator
2.2.6.1. Manufacturer: …
2.2.6.2. Make: …
2.2.6.3. Type: …
2.2.6.4. (Test) Identification number: …
2.3. Test results (corrected to take account of rolling resistance of 0,01·F e and 0,02·F e respectively)

2.3.1. In the case of vehicles of categories
R1, R2, S1
‘R3a/R4a/S2a’
Where these vehicles have been subject to the Type III test (compare point 2.3.1. or 2.3.2.+).
‘R3b/R4b/S2b’ where the sum of the technically permissible masses per axle does not exceed 10 000 kg
Depending on the maximum design speed and assumed rolling resistance of 0,01 or 0,02 in the following Tables A to C apply:

2.3.1.1 Considered rolling resistance coefficient R = 0,01 (covering also towed vehicles specified in point 2.3.1. above with a maximum design speed exceeding 40 km/h)
Table AApplicable for all towed vehicle as specified in paragraph 2.3.1 aboveTest type	0	I	
Appendix 1 to Annex VII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68, point:	3.5.1.4.	3.5.2.2. or 3.5.2.3.	3.5.2.4.
Test speed	40	40	40
Brake actuator pressure p e		—	
Braking time	—	2,55	—
Brake force developed T e			
Brake efficiency T e /F e			
Actuator stroke s e		—	
Brake input torque C e		—	
Brake input threshold torque C0,e			

2.3.1.2 Considered rolling resistance coefficient R = 0,02 (covering towed vehicles Ra and Sa specified in point 2.3.1. above with a maximum design speed not exceeding 40 km/h)
Table BAlternative test procedure applicable for all towed vehicle of categories Ra and SaTest type	0	I	
Annex VII, Appendix 2, paragraph:	3.5.1.4.	3.5.2.2. or 3.5.2.3.	3.5.2.4.
Test speed	40	40	40
Brake actuator pressure p e		—	
Braking time	—	2,55	—
Brake force developed T e			
Brake efficiency T e /F e			
Actuator stroke s e		—	
Brake input torque C e		—	
Brake input threshold torque C 0,e			

2.3.1.3 Considered rolling resistance coefficient R = 0,02 (covering towed vehicles Ra and Sa specified in point 2.3.1. above with a maximum design speed not exceeding 30 km/h)
Table CAlternative test procedure in the case of towed vehicle with v max ≤ 30 km/hTest type	0	I	
Appendix 1 to Annex VII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68, point:	3.5.1.4.	3.5.2.2. or 3.5.2.3.	3.5.2.4.
Test speed	30	30	30
Brake actuator pressure p e		—	
Braking time	—	3,9	—
Brake force developed T e			
Brake efficiency T e /F e			
Actuator stroke s e		—	
Brake input torque C e		—	
Brake input threshold torque C 0,e			

2.3.2. In the case of vehicles of categories
‘R3a/R4a/S2a’
‘R3b/R4b/S2b’ where the sum of the technically permissible masses per axle does not exceed 10 000 kg
R3b/R4b/S2b’ where the sum of the technically permissible masses per axle exceeds 10 000 kg
Test type	0	III	
Appendix 1 to Annex VII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68, point:	3.5.1.4.	3.5.3.1.	3.5.3.2.
Test speed initial km/h	60		60
Test speed finalkm/h			
Brake actuator pressure p e		—	
Number of brake applications -	—	20	—
Duration of braking cycle s	—	60	—
Brake force developed T e daN			
Brake efficiency T e /F e -			
Actuator stroke se mm		—	
Brake input torque Ce Nm		—	
Brake input threshold torque C0,e Nm		—	

3. Application range
The application range specifies the axle/brake variants that are covered in this test report, by showing which variables are covered by the individual test codes.

4. This test has been carried out and the results reported in accordance with Appendix 1 to Annex VII to Regulation (EU) 2015/68.
At the end of the test described in point 3.6. of Appendix 1 to Annex VII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68, the requirements of point 2.2.2.8.1. of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2015/68 were deemed to be fulfilled / not fulfilled .
Technical Service carrying out the test
To be signed by different persons even when the Technical Service and Approval Authority are the same or alternatively a separate Approval Authority authorization issued with the report.
Signed: …	Date: …

5. Approval Authority
Signed: …	Date: …
Appendix 2

Model test report form for an alternative automatic brake adjustment device as prescribed in point 3.7.5. of Appendix 1 to Annex VII to Regulation (EU) 2015/68
Test report No. …
1. Identification

1.1. Axle:
Make: …
Type: …
Model: …
Test axle load (F e identifier): ID3- … daN
Test Report No. for the alternative procedures for Type-I and Type-III tests for towed vehicle brakes (Annex VII, Appendix I to Regulation (EU) 2015/68) …

1.2. Brake:
Make: …
Type: …
Model: …
Brake lining: …
Make/Type: …

1.3. Actuation: …
Manufacturer: …
Type (cylinder/diaphragm) : …
Strike out what does not apply.
Model: …
Lever length (l): … mm

1.4. Automatic brake adjustment device:
Manufacturer (name and address): …
Make: …
Type: …
Version: …
2. Record of test results
2.1. Performance of the automatic brake adjustment device

2.1.1. Hot performance of service braking systems determined according to the test defined in point 3.6.2.1. (a) of Appendix 1 to Annex VII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68: … per cent
or
Actuator stroke s A determined according to the test defined in point 3.6.2.1. (b) of Appendix 1 to Annex VII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68: … mm
2.1.2. Free running according to point 3.6.3. of Appendix 1 to Annex VII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68: yes / no
3. Name of Technical Service/Type Approval Authority conducting the test: …
4. Date of test: …
5. This test has been carried out and the results reported in accordance with paragraph 3.6.2 of Appendix 1 to Annex VII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68
6. At the end of test mentioned in point 5 the requirements of point 2.2.2.8.1. of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2015/68 were deemed to be: Fulfilled / Not fulfilled

7. Technical Service carrying out the test
To be signed by different persons even when the Technical Service and Approval Authority are the same or alternatively a separate Approval Authority authorization issued with the report.
Signed: …	Date: …

8. Approval Authority
Signed: …	Date: …
Appendix 3

Test report on inertia-braking system control device
1. Manufacturer …
2. Make
3. Type
4. Characteristics of towed vehicles for which control device intended by manufacturer:
4.1. mass G′ A = kg
4.2. permissible static vertical force at towing-device head … N
4.3. towed vehicle with rigid drawbar/multi-axled towed vehicle with pivoted drawbar
Strike out what does not apply.

5. Brief description
(List of attached plans and dimensioned drawings)
6. Diagram showing principle of control
7. Travel s = … mm
8. Reduction ratio of control device:

8.1. with mechanical transmission device
i Ho = from … to…
State lengths whose ratio was used to determine i Ho or i h .

8.2. with hydraulic transmission device
i h = from … to…
F HZ = … cm
Travel of master cylinder s Hz … mm
Spare travel of master cylinder s" Hz … mm
9. Test results: …

9.1. Efficiency
with mechanical transmission device η H = …
with hydraulic transmission device η H = …
9.2. Supplementary force K = … N
9.3. Maximum compressive force D 1 = … N
9.4. Maximum tractive force D 2 = … N
9.5. Force threshold K A = … N

9.6. Loss of travel and spare travel: …
where the position of the drawing device has an effect s o = mm …
with a hydraulic-transmission device s" = s" Hz · i h = … mm
9.7. Effective (useful) travel of control s′ = … mm
9.8. An overload protector according to point 3.6. of Annex VIII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68 is provided/not provided
9.8.1. If the overload protector is fitted before the transmission lever of the control device
9.8.1.1. Threshold force of the overload protector D op = … N

9.8.1.2. Where the overload protector is mechanical max. force which the inertia control device can develop
P′ max /i Ho = P op_max =… N

9.8.1.3. Where the overload protector is hydraulic the pressure which the inertia control device can develop
p′ max /i h = p op_max = … N/cm 2
9.8.2. If the overload protector is fitted after the transmission lever of the control device

9.8.2.1. Threshold force on the overload protector where the overload protector is mechanical … D op .i Ho = N
where the overload protector is hydraulic D op .i h = … N

9.8.2.2. Where the overload protector is mechanical
max force which the inertia control device can develop
P′ max = P op_max = … N

9.8.2.3. Where the overload protector is hydraulic
the pressure which the inertia control device can develop
p′ max = p op_max = … N/cm 2

10. The control device described above complies/does not comply with the requirements of points 3, 4 and 5 of Annex VIII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68.
Signed: …	Date: …

11. This test has been carried out and the results reported in accordance with relevant provisions of Annex VIII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68.
Technical Service carrying out the test
To be signed by different persons even when the Technical Service and Approval Authority are the same or alternatively a separate Approval Authority authorization issued with the report.
Signed: …	Date: …

12. Approval Authority
Signed: …	Date: …
Appendix 4

Test report on the brake
1. Manufacturer …
2. Make …
3. Type …
4. Permissible ‘maximum mass’ per wheel G Bo = … kg
5. Braking torque M* (as specified by the manufacturer according to point 2.2.23. of Annex VIII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68) = … Nm

6. Dynamic tyre rolling radius
R min = … m;	R max = … m

7. Brief description
(List of plans and dimensioned drawings)
8. Diagram showing principle of brake
9. Test result:
mechanical brake Strike out what does not apply.	hydraulic brake
9.1. Reduction ratio i g =… State lengths used to determine i g or i′ g State lengths whose ratio was used to determine iHo or ih.	9.1.A. Reduction ratio i′ g =…
9.2. Lift (application travel) s B = … mm	9.2.A. Lift (application travel) s B = … m
9.3. Prescribed lift (prescribed application travel) s B* = … mm	9.3.A. Prescribed lift (prescribed application travel) s B* = … mm
9.4. Retraction force P o = … N	9.4.A. Retraction pressure p o = … N/cm 2
9.5. Coefficient (characteristic) ρ = … m	9.5.A. Coefficient (characteristic) ρ′ = … m
9.6. An overload protector according to point 3.6. of Annex VIII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68 is/is not provided 4	9.6.A. An overload protector according to paragraph 3.6. of Annex VIII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68 is/is not provided 4
9.6.1. Braking torque activating the overload protector M op = … Nm	9.6.1.A. Braking torque activating the overload protector M op = … Nm
9.7. Force for M* P* = … N	9.7.A. Pressure for M* p* = … N/cm 2
	9.8.A. Surface area of wheel cylinder F RZ = … cm 2
	9.9.A. (for disk brakes) Fluid volume absorption V 60 = … cm 3
9.10. Service brake performance when the towed vehicle moves rearwards (see figures 6 and 7 of Appendix 1 to Annex VIII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68)
9.10.1. Maximum Fig 6 braking torque M r = … Nm
9.10.1.A Maximum Fig 7 braking torque M r = … Nm
9.10.2. Maximum permissible travel s r = … mm
9.10.2.A Maximum permissible fluid volume absorbed V r = … cm 3
9.11. Further brake characteristics when the towed vehicle moves rearwards (see figures 6 and 7 of Appendix 1 to Annex VIII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68)
9.11.1. Brake-retraction force P or = … N
9.11.1.A Brake-retraction pressure p or = … N/cm 2
9.11.2. Brake characteristic ρ r = … m
9.11.2.A Brake characteristic ρ′ r = … m
9.12. Tests according to point 7.5. of Annex VIII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68, if applicable (corrected to take account of the rolling resistance corresponding to 0,01 · g · G Bo )

9.12.1. Brake test Type-0
Test speed = … km/h
Braking ratio = …%
Control force = … N

9.12.2. Brake test Type-I
Test speed = … km/h
Sustained braking ratio = … %
Braking time = … minutes
Hot performance = … %
(expressed as a per cent of the above Type-0 test result in point 9.12.1.)
Control force = … N

10. The above brake does / does not conform to the requirements of paragraphs 3 and 6 of the testing conditions for vehicles fitted with inertia braking systems described in Annex VIII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68.
The brake may / may not be used for an inertia braking system without an overload protector.
Date: …	Signature: …

11. This test has been carried out and the results reported in accordance with relevant provisions of Annex VIII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68.
Technical Service carrying out the test
To be signed by different persons even when the Technical Service and Approval Authority are the same or alternatively a separate Approval Authority authorization issued with the report.
Date: …	Signature: …

12. Approval Authority
Date: …	Signature: …
Appendix 5

Test report on the compatibility of the inertia brake control device, the transmission and the brakes on the towed vehicle

1. Control device …
described in the attached test report (see test report on inertia-braking system control device)
Reduction ratio selected:
i Ho =… or i h =…
Strike out what does not apply.
State lengths used to determine i g or i′ g
2. Brakes described in the attached test report
3. Transmission devices on the towed vehicle
3.1. Brief description with diagram showing principle

3.2. Reduction ratio and efficiency of the mechanical-transmission device on the towed vehicle
i H1 =…
η H1 = …
4. Towed vehicle
4.1. Manufacturer
4.2. Make …
4.3. Type …
4.4. Type of drawbar connection: towed vehicle with rigid drawbar/multi-axled towed vehicle with pivoted drawbar
4.5. Number of brakes n =
4.6. Technically permissible maximum mass G A = kg
4.7. Dynamic tyre rolling radius R* = m

4.8. Permissible thrust on coupling
D* = 0,10 g G A = N
or
D* = 0,067 g G A = N
4.9. Required braking force B* = 0,50 g G A = N
4.10. Brake force B = 0,49 g G A = N
5. Compatibility - Test results
5.1. Force threshold 100 · K A /(g · G A ) =
5.2. 100 · D 1 /(g · G A ) =
5.3. 100 · D 2 /(g · G A ) = …
5.4. G′A = … kg
5.5. G B = n · G Bo = … kg
5.6. Braking torque of the brakes n · M* /(B · R) = …
5.6.1. An overload protector within the meaning of point 3.6. of Annex VIII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68 is / is not fitted on the inertia control device / on the brakes

5.6.1.1 where the overload protector is mechanical on the inertia control device
n · P* /(iH1 · ηH1 · P′max) = …

5.6.1.2 where the overload protector is hydraulic on the inertia control device
p* / p′max = …

5.6.1.3 if the overload protector is on the inertia control device:
threshold force Dop/D* = …

5.6.1.4 if the overload protector is fitted on the brake:
threshold torque n · Mop/(B · R) = …
5.7. Inertia braking system with mechanical transmission device
5.7.1. iH = iHo · iH1 = …
5.7.2. ηH = ηHo · ηH1 = …
5.7.3. B× Rρ+ n. Po×1D*− K .ηH
= …
5.7.4. s′sB *× ig
= …

5.7.5. Ratio s′/iH = …
when the towed vehicle moves rearward

5.7.6. For the braking torque when the towed vehicle moves rearward including rolling resistance
0,08 · g · G A · R = … Nm
5.8. Inertia braking system with hydraulic transmission device
5.8.1. ih/FHZ = …
5.8.2. B× Rn. ρ′+ po×1D*− K .ηH
= …
5.8.3. s′2sB *× n× FRZ× ig′
= …
5.8.4. s/ih = …

5.8.5. Ratio s′/FHZ = …
when the towed vehicle moves rearward

5.8.6. For the braking torque when the towed vehicle moves rearward including rolling resistance
0,08 · g · G A · R = … Nm
6. Differential travel at park brake compensator
6.1.1. Maximum permissible compensator travel (forward) scf = … mm
6.1.2. Maximum permissible compensator travel (rearward) scr = … mm
6.1.3. Maximum permissible differential compensator travel scd = … mm

7. The inertia braking system described above complies/does not comply with the requirements of points 3. to 10. of Annex VIII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68.
Signature: …	Date: …

8. This test has been carried out and the results reported in accordance with relevant provisions of Annex VIII of Regulation (EU) 2015/68.
Technical Service carrying out the test
To be signed by different persons even when the Technical Service and Approval Authority are the same or alternatively a separate Approval Authority authorization issued with the report.
Signature: …	Date: …

ANNEX IX List of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems

Table 9-1
I.Parts or equipment having a significant impact on the vehicle's construction safety, and/or functional safety and/or braking performance
Item No	Item description	Performance requirement	Test procedure	Marking requirement	Packaging requirements
001	[…]				
002					
003					

Table 9-2
II.Parts or equipment having a significant impact on the environmental performance of the vehicle
Item No	Item description	Performance requirement	Test procedure	Marking requirement	Packaging requirements
001	[…]				
002					
003					

ANNEX X Template for the certificate for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems

1. General requirements
1.1. The placing on the market of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its environmental performance shall be subject to authorisation in accordance with Article 46(3) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.
1.2. Such authorisation shall take the form of a certificate, a model of which is contained in Appendix 1.
1.3. The certificate referred to in point 1.2 shall include prescriptions for construction safety, functional safety and braking performance, as well as for environmental protection and, where needed, for testing standards. They may be based on the Commission Delegated Regulations listed in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, may be developed according to the relevant state of safety, environmental and testing technology, or, if this is an appropriate way of achieving the required safety or environmental objectives, may consist of a comparison of the part or equipment with the environmental or safety performance of the original vehicle, or of any of its parts, as appropriate.
1.4. This Annex shall not be applicable to a part or piece of equipment before it is listed in Annex IX. For any entry or group of entries in Annex IX, a reasonable transitional period shall be fixed to allow the manufacturer of the part or equipment to apply for and obtain an authorisation. At the same time a date may be fixed, where appropriate, to exclude parts and equipment designed for vehicles type-approved before that date from the application of this Annex.
Appendix 1

Model of the EU type-approval authorisation certificate for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems

EU AUTHORISATION CERTIFICATE MODEL
Format: A4 (210 × 297 mm)
EU AUTHORISATION CERTIFICATE
Stamp of approval authority
Communication concerning the
authorisation certificate (1) extension of authorisation certificate (1) refusal of authorisation certificate (1) withdrawal of authorisation certificate (1)	for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its environmental performance
SECTION I Kind of part/equipment (1) …
Part/equipment (1) numbers: …
EU authorisation certificate number: …
Reason for extension/refusal/withdrawal (1): …
Name and address of manufacturer: …
Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): …
Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …
SECTION II The part/equipment (1) is specifically intended for installation on the following vehicle(s):
Make (trade name of manufacturer): …
Type(s) (2): …
Variant(s) (2) …
Version(s) (2): …
SECTION III Prescriptions for:
(a) vehicle construction safety (1): …
(b) vehicle functional safety (1): …
(c) vehicle braking performance (1): …
(d) vehicle environmental protection (1): …
(e) testing standards (1): …
SECTION IV Prescriptions based on:
(a) Annex(es) … (3) to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/… (and Annex(es) … (3) to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/…) (1), as last amended by (Commission Delegated) (1) Regulation (EU) (No) (1) …/… (1) (4) (of the European Parliament and of the Council) (1)
(b) a comparison of the part/equipment (1) with the safety/environmental (1) performance of the original vehicle/parts of the original vehicle (1) (explain) (1): …
…
SECTION V — TECHNICAL SERVICE Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: …
Date of test report: …
Number of test report: …
SECTION VI The part/equipment (1) does not/does (1) impair the functioning of those systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or its environmental performance.
The authorisation certificate is granted/extended/refused/withdrawn (1)
Place: …
Date: …
Name and signature (or visual representation of an ‘advanced electronic signature’ according to Directive 1999/93/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, including data for verification): …
…
Attachments:
Test report

Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 1
(Footnote markers, footnotes and explanatory notes not to be stated on the EU type-approval authorisation certificate):
(1) Delete where not applicable.
(2) Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.2 of Part B of Annex I to this Regulation.
(3) The Roman numeral of the relevant Annex to the Commission Delegated Regulation or multiple Roman numerals of the relevant Annexes to the same Commission Delegated Regulation.
(4) Indicate the latest amendment of the Commission Delegated Regulation according to the amendment applied for the EU type-approval.

ANNEX XI Numbering system of certificates for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems

1. Numbering system
1.1. The number of the certificates for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems shall consist of a total of five sections as detailed below. The sections shall be separated by an asterisk (‘*’).
1.1.1. Section 1: The lower-case letter ‘e’ followed by the distinguishing number of the Member State (given in point 2.1 of Annex VI) issuing the certificate.
1.1.2. Section 2: The number of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, ‘167/2013’, shall be indicated.
1.1.3. Section 3: The identification of the part or component, according to the list in Annex IX:
1.1.3.1. for parts or equipment having a significant impact on the vehicle's construction safety and/or functional safety and/or braking performance, this means the symbol ‘I’ followed by the ‘/’ character and the correspondent ‘Item No’ from Table 9-1 in Annex IX. The ‘Item No’ shall have three digits and start from ‘001’;
1.1.3.2. for parts or equipment having a significant impact on the environmental performance of the vehicle, this means the symbol ‘II’ followed by the ‘/’ character and the correspondent ‘Item No’ from Table 9-2 in Annex IX. The ‘Item No’ shall have three digits and start from ‘001’.
1.1.4. Section 4: Sequential number for the certificate.
a sequential number with leading zeros (as applicable), to denote the certificate number. The sequential number shall have four digits and start from ‘0001’.
1.1.5. Section 5: Sequential number to denote the extension level of the certificate.
a two-digit sequential number, with leading zero as applicable, starting from ‘00’ for each certificate number issued.
1.2. Format of the numbering of a certificate (with fictive sequence numbers for explanation purposes).
Example of the number of a certificate issued by Bulgaria for parts or equipment integrated in a vehicle type-approved according to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, which has been extended two times:
e34*167/2013*II/002*048*02

— e34
Bulgaria (section 1)

— 167/2013
base Regulation number (section 2)

— II/002
Item 2 on the list of parts or equipment having a significant impact on the environmental performance of the vehicle (section 3)

— 048
certificate sequence number (section 4)

— 02
certificate extension number (section 5)
Example of the number of a certificate issued by Austria for parts or equipment integrated in a vehicle type-approved according to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, which has been extended once:
e12*167/2013*I/034*325*01

— e12
Austria (section 1)

— 167/2013
base Regulation number (section 2)

— I/034
Item 34 on the list of parts or equipment having a significant impact on the vehicle's construction safety and/or functional safety and/or braking performance (section 3)

— 325
certificate sequence number (section 4)

— 01
certificate extension number (section 5)